(reb-mode): Quote the hook name. From
[emacs.git] / src / xdisp.c
blob94e3f41b14c1e3cbf7fdbd5b1b7f0f59f3a59ad3
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
24 Redisplay.
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the the description of direct update
37 operations, below.).
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay() +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
65 X expose events -----+
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
89 Direct operations.
91 You will find a lot of of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
110 Desired matrices.
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
126 Iteration over things to be be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator
128 (or init_string_iterator for that matter). Calls to
129 get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with relevant
130 information about the next thing to display. Calls to
131 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
133 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
134 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
135 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
136 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
137 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
138 see in dispextern.h.
140 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
141 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
142 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
143 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
144 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
145 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
146 glyphs produced are discarded.
149 Frame matrices.
151 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
152 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
153 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
154 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
155 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
156 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
158 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
159 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
160 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
161 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
162 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
163 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
164 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
165 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
166 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
167 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
168 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
170 #include <config.h>
171 #include <stdio.h>
172 #include "lisp.h"
173 #include "keyboard.h"
174 #include "frame.h"
175 #include "window.h"
176 #include "termchar.h"
177 #include "dispextern.h"
178 #include "buffer.h"
179 #include "charset.h"
180 #include "indent.h"
181 #include "commands.h"
182 #include "macros.h"
183 #include "disptab.h"
184 #include "termhooks.h"
185 #include "intervals.h"
186 #include "coding.h"
187 #include "process.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
189 #include "fontset.h"
191 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
192 #include "xterm.h"
193 #endif
194 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
195 #include "w32term.h"
196 #endif
197 #ifdef macintosh
198 #include "macterm.h"
199 #endif
201 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
202 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
204 #define INFINITY 10000000
206 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
207 extern void set_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
208 extern int pending_menu_activation;
209 #endif
211 extern int interrupt_input;
212 extern int command_loop_level;
214 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
216 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
218 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
219 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
220 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
222 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
223 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
224 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
225 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
226 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen, QCfile, QCdata;
227 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
228 Lisp_Object Qgrow_only;
230 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
232 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
233 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
235 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
236 over them. */
238 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
240 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
242 Lisp_Object Vtool_bar_button_margin;
244 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
246 int tool_bar_button_relief;
248 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
249 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
251 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
253 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
255 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
257 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
259 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qalign_to;
260 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qimage, Qwidth;
262 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
264 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
265 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qraise;
266 Lisp_Object Qmargin;
267 extern Lisp_Object Qheight;
269 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
271 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
273 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
275 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
277 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
278 images in Lisp. */
280 Lisp_Object Qimage;
282 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
283 message. */
285 int noninteractive_need_newline;
287 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
289 static int message_log_need_newline;
292 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
293 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
294 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
295 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
297 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
299 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
300 terminating newline. */
302 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
304 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
306 static int this_line_vpos;
307 static int this_line_y;
308 static int this_line_pixel_height;
310 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
311 negative if first character is partially visible. */
313 static int this_line_start_x;
315 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
317 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
319 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
320 frame. */
322 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
324 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
326 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
328 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
329 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
330 frame-title-format. */
332 int multiple_frames;
334 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
336 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
338 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
340 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
342 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
344 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
345 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
346 numerical position. */
348 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
350 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
352 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
354 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
356 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
358 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
359 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
360 have changed. */
362 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
364 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook, Vmenu_bar_update_hook;
366 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
368 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
370 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
372 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
374 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
375 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
377 static int scroll_step;
379 /* Non-0 means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
380 screen, when appropriate. */
382 static int scroll_conservatively;
384 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
385 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
386 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
387 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
389 int scroll_margin;
391 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
392 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
393 this. */
395 int buffer_shared;
397 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
399 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
401 /* Zero means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face
402 (this slightly odd definition is for compatibility with previous versions
403 of emacs), non-zero means display them using their respective faces.
405 This variable is deprecated. */
407 int mode_line_inverse_video;
409 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
411 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
413 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
414 of the line that contains the prompt. */
416 int minibuf_prompt_width;
417 int minibuf_prompt_pixel_width;
419 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
420 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
421 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
423 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
425 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
426 pushes the current message and the value of
427 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
428 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
430 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
432 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
433 message was specified. */
435 int message_enable_multibyte;
437 /* True if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
439 int update_mode_lines;
441 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
442 redisplay that finished */
444 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
446 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
447 line number. */
449 int line_number_displayed;
451 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
453 Lisp_Object Vline_number_display_limit;
455 /* line width to consider when repostioning for line number display */
457 static int line_number_display_limit_width;
459 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
460 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
462 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
464 /* The name of the *Messages* buffer, a string. */
466 static Lisp_Object Vmessages_buffer_name;
468 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
469 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
471 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
473 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
475 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
477 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
479 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
481 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
482 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
484 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
486 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
487 message. */
489 int message_buf_print;
491 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
492 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
493 specifying a number of lines. */
495 Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
497 /* Non-zero means messages should be displayed with truncated
498 lines instead of being continued. */
500 int message_truncate_lines;
501 Lisp_Object Qmessage_truncate_lines;
503 /* Non-zero means we want a hollow cursor in windows that are not
504 selected. Zero means there's no cursor in such windows. */
506 int cursor_in_non_selected_windows;
508 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
509 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
511 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
512 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
513 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
515 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
517 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
519 /* Non-zero if there's a help-echo in the echo area. */
521 int help_echo_showing_p;
523 /* If >= 0, computed, exact values of mode-line and header-line height
524 to use in the macros CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT and
525 CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT. */
527 int current_mode_line_height, current_header_line_height;
529 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
530 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
531 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
532 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
533 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
535 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
537 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
539 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
540 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
542 int trace_redisplay_p;
544 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
546 #ifdef DEBUG_TRACE_MOVE
547 /* Non-zero means trace with TRACE_MOVE to stderr. */
548 int trace_move;
550 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) if (trace_move) fprintf x; else (void) 0
551 #else
552 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) (void) 0
553 #endif
555 /* Non-zero means automatically scroll windows horizontally to make
556 point visible. */
558 int automatic_hscrolling_p;
560 /* A list of symbols, one for each supported image type. */
562 Lisp_Object Vimage_types;
564 /* The variable `resize-mini-windows'. If nil, don't resize
565 mini-windows. If t, always resize them to fit the text they
566 display. If `grow-only', let mini-windows grow only until they
567 become empty. */
569 Lisp_Object Vresize_mini_windows;
571 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
573 enum prop_handled
575 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
576 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
577 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
578 HANDLED_RETURN
581 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
582 in. */
584 struct props
586 /* The name of the property. */
587 Lisp_Object *name;
589 /* A unique index for the property. */
590 enum prop_idx idx;
592 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
593 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
594 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
597 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
598 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
599 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
600 static enum prop_handled handle_composition_prop P_ ((struct it *));
601 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
602 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
604 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
606 static struct props it_props[] =
608 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
609 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
610 `display' need to know the face. */
611 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
612 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
613 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
614 {&Qcomposition, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX, handle_composition_prop},
615 {NULL, 0, NULL}
618 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
619 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
621 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
623 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
625 enum move_it_result
627 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
628 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
630 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
631 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
633 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
634 MOVE_X_REACHED,
636 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
637 continued. */
638 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
640 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
641 be displayed truncated. */
642 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
644 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
645 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
650 /* Function prototypes. */
652 static int cursor_row_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
653 static int redisplay_mode_lines P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
654 static char *decode_mode_spec_coding P_ ((Lisp_Object, char *, int));
655 static int invisible_text_between_p P_ ((struct it *, int, int));
656 static int next_element_from_ellipsis P_ ((struct it *));
657 static void pint2str P_ ((char *, int, int));
658 static struct text_pos run_window_scroll_functions P_ ((Lisp_Object,
659 struct text_pos));
660 static void reconsider_clip_changes P_ ((struct window *, struct buffer *));
661 static int text_outside_line_unchanged_p P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
662 static void store_frame_title_char P_ ((char));
663 static int store_frame_title P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int));
664 static void x_consider_frame_title P_ ((Lisp_Object));
665 static void handle_stop P_ ((struct it *));
666 static int tool_bar_lines_needed P_ ((struct frame *));
667 static int single_display_prop_intangible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object));
668 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers P_ ((void));
669 static struct glyph_row *row_containing_pos P_ ((struct window *, int,
670 struct glyph_row *,
671 struct glyph_row *));
672 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
673 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
674 static int with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((struct window *, int,
675 int (*) (EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT),
676 EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
677 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
678 static int current_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
679 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
680 static int set_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
681 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
682 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
683 static int resize_mini_window_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
684 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
685 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
686 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
687 struct text_pos));
688 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
689 static Lisp_Object safe_eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
690 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
691 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
692 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
693 static int append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
694 static void make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
695 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
696 static int try_cursor_movement P_ ((Lisp_Object, struct text_pos, int *));
697 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
698 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
699 int invisible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
700 int invisible_ellipsis_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
701 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
702 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
703 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
704 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
705 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
706 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
707 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
708 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
709 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
710 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
711 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
712 static int display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
713 static int display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id, Lisp_Object));
714 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
715 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int));
716 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
717 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
718 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
719 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
720 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
721 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
722 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
723 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
724 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
725 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
726 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
727 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
728 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
729 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
730 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
731 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
732 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
733 static int next_element_from_composition P_ ((struct it *));
734 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
735 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
736 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
737 static void init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
738 struct display_pos *));
739 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
740 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
741 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
742 int, int, int));
743 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
744 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
745 struct glyph_row *));
746 static void init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
747 struct glyph_row *));
748 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
749 static int forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int *));
750 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
751 Lisp_Object, int));
752 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
753 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
754 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
755 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
756 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
757 Lisp_Object));
758 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
759 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
760 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
761 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *));
762 static int underlying_face_id P_ ((struct it *));
764 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
765 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
767 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
769 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
770 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
771 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
772 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
774 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
777 /***********************************************************************
778 Window display dimensions
779 ***********************************************************************/
781 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
782 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
783 mode line, if any. */
785 INLINE int
786 window_text_bottom_y (w)
787 struct window *w;
789 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
790 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
792 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
793 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
794 return height;
798 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
799 means return the total width of W, not including bitmap areas to
800 the left and right of the window. */
802 INLINE int
803 window_box_width (w, area)
804 struct window *w;
805 int area;
807 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
808 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
810 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
812 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_COLS (f);
814 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
816 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
817 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
818 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
819 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
821 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
822 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
823 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
824 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
825 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
826 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
829 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
833 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
834 including mode lines of W, if any.. */
836 INLINE int
837 window_box_height (w)
838 struct window *w;
840 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
841 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
843 xassert (height >= 0);
845 /* Note: the code below that determines the mode-line/header-line
846 height is essentially the same as that contained in the macro
847 CURRENT_{MODE,HEADER}_LINE_HEIGHT, except that it checks whether
848 the appropriate glyph row has its `mode_line_p' flag set,
849 and if it doesn't, uses estimate_mode_line_height instead. */
851 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
853 struct glyph_row *ml_row
854 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
855 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
856 : 0);
857 if (ml_row && ml_row->mode_line_p)
858 height -= ml_row->height;
859 else
860 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID);
863 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
865 struct glyph_row *hl_row
866 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
867 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
868 : 0);
869 if (hl_row && hl_row->mode_line_p)
870 height -= hl_row->height;
871 else
872 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID);
875 return height;
879 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
880 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
881 whole window, to the right of any bitmap area at the left side of
882 W. */
884 INLINE int
885 window_box_left (w, area)
886 struct window *w;
887 int area;
889 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
890 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
892 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
894 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
895 + FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
897 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
898 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
899 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
900 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
901 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
904 return x;
908 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
909 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
910 whole window, to the left of any bitmap area at the right side of
911 W. */
913 INLINE int
914 window_box_right (w, area)
915 struct window *w;
916 int area;
918 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
922 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
923 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
924 whole window, not including bitmap areas to the left and right of
925 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
926 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
927 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
929 INLINE void
930 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
931 struct window *w;
932 int area;
933 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
935 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
937 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
938 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
939 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
940 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
941 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
942 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
943 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
947 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
948 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including bitmap
949 areas to the left and right of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
950 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
951 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
952 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
953 box. */
955 INLINE void
956 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
957 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
958 struct window *w;
959 int area;
960 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
962 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
963 bottom_right_y);
964 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
965 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
970 /***********************************************************************
971 Utilities
972 ***********************************************************************/
974 /* Return 1 if position CHARPOS is visible in window W. Set *FULLY to
975 1 if POS is visible and the line containing POS is fully visible.
976 EXACT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHTS_P non-zero means compute exact mode-line
977 and header-lines heights. */
980 pos_visible_p (w, charpos, fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p)
981 struct window *w;
982 int charpos, *fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p;
984 struct it it;
985 struct text_pos top;
986 int visible_p;
987 struct buffer *old_buffer = NULL;
989 if (XBUFFER (w->buffer) != current_buffer)
991 old_buffer = current_buffer;
992 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
995 *fully = visible_p = 0;
996 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (top, w->start);
998 /* Compute exact mode line heights, if requested. */
999 if (exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1001 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
1002 current_mode_line_height
1003 = display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
1004 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
1006 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
1007 current_header_line_height
1008 = display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
1009 current_buffer->header_line_format);
1012 start_display (&it, w, top);
1013 move_it_to (&it, charpos, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
1014 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
1016 /* Note that we may overshoot because of invisible text. */
1017 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= charpos)
1019 int line_height, line_bottom_y;
1020 int line_top_y = it.current_y;
1021 int window_top_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
1023 line_height = it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
1024 if (line_height == 0)
1026 if (last_height)
1027 line_height = last_height;
1028 else if (charpos < ZV)
1030 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 1);
1031 line_height = (it.max_ascent || it.max_descent
1032 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
1033 : last_height);
1035 else
1037 /* Use the default character height. */
1038 it.what = IT_CHARACTER;
1039 it.c = ' ';
1040 it.len = 1;
1041 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
1042 line_height = it.ascent + it.descent;
1045 line_bottom_y = line_top_y + line_height;
1047 if (line_top_y < window_top_y)
1048 visible_p = line_bottom_y > window_top_y;
1049 else if (line_top_y < it.last_visible_y)
1051 visible_p = 1;
1052 *fully = line_bottom_y <= it.last_visible_y;
1055 else if (it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent > it.last_visible_y)
1057 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
1058 if (charpos < IT_CHARPOS (it))
1060 visible_p = 1;
1061 *fully = 0;
1065 if (old_buffer)
1066 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
1068 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
1069 return visible_p;
1073 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
1074 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
1075 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
1076 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the invalid
1077 character. */
1079 static INLINE int
1080 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
1081 unsigned char *str;
1082 int maxlen, *len;
1084 int c;
1086 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
1087 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
1088 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
1089 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept invalid
1090 characters. */
1091 c = '?';
1093 return c;
1098 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
1099 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
1101 static struct text_pos
1102 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
1103 struct text_pos pos;
1104 Lisp_Object string;
1105 int nchars;
1107 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
1109 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1111 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1112 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
1113 int len;
1115 while (nchars--)
1117 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1118 p += len, rest -= len;
1119 xassert (rest >= 0);
1120 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1121 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1124 else
1125 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
1127 return pos;
1131 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
1132 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
1134 static INLINE struct text_pos
1135 string_pos (charpos, string)
1136 int charpos;
1137 Lisp_Object string;
1139 struct text_pos pos;
1140 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1141 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1142 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
1143 return pos;
1147 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
1148 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1149 means recognize multibyte characters. */
1151 static struct text_pos
1152 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
1153 int charpos;
1154 unsigned char *s;
1155 int multibyte_p;
1157 struct text_pos pos;
1159 xassert (s != NULL);
1160 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1162 if (multibyte_p)
1164 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1166 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
1167 while (charpos--)
1169 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
1170 s += len, rest -= len;
1171 xassert (rest >= 0);
1172 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1173 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1176 else
1177 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
1179 return pos;
1183 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
1184 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
1186 static int
1187 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
1188 unsigned char *s;
1189 int multibyte_p;
1191 int nchars;
1193 if (multibyte_p)
1195 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1196 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
1198 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
1200 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1201 rest -= len, p += len;
1204 else
1205 nchars = strlen (s);
1207 return nchars;
1211 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1212 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1213 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1215 static void
1216 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1217 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1218 Lisp_Object string;
1220 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1221 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1223 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1224 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string,
1225 CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos));
1226 else
1227 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1232 /***********************************************************************
1233 Lisp form evaluation
1234 ***********************************************************************/
1236 /* Error handler for safe_eval and safe_call. */
1238 static Lisp_Object
1239 safe_eval_handler (arg)
1240 Lisp_Object arg;
1242 add_to_log ("Error during redisplay: %s", arg, Qnil);
1243 return Qnil;
1247 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1248 wrong. */
1250 Lisp_Object
1251 safe_eval (sexpr)
1252 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1254 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1255 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1256 Lisp_Object val;
1258 GCPRO1 (sexpr);
1259 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1260 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qerror, safe_eval_handler);
1261 UNGCPRO;
1262 return unbind_to (count, val);
1266 /* Call function ARGS[0] with arguments ARGS[1] to ARGS[NARGS - 1].
1267 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1269 Lisp_Object
1270 safe_call (nargs, args)
1271 int nargs;
1272 Lisp_Object *args;
1274 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1275 Lisp_Object val;
1276 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1278 GCPRO1 (args[0]);
1279 gcpro1.nvars = nargs;
1280 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1281 val = internal_condition_case_2 (Ffuncall, nargs, args, Qerror,
1282 safe_eval_handler);
1283 UNGCPRO;
1284 return unbind_to (count, val);
1288 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
1289 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1291 Lisp_Object
1292 safe_call1 (fn, arg)
1293 Lisp_Object fn, arg;
1295 Lisp_Object args[2];
1296 args[0] = fn;
1297 args[1] = arg;
1298 return safe_call (2, args);
1303 /***********************************************************************
1304 Debugging
1305 ***********************************************************************/
1307 #if 0
1309 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1310 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1312 static void
1313 check_it (it)
1314 struct it *it;
1316 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1318 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1319 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1321 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1323 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1324 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1327 if (it->dpvec)
1328 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1329 else
1330 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1333 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1335 #else /* not 0 */
1337 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1339 #endif /* not 0 */
1342 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1344 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1345 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1347 static void
1348 check_window_end (w)
1349 struct window *w;
1351 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1352 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1354 struct glyph_row *row;
1355 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1356 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1357 !row->enabled_p
1358 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1359 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1363 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1365 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1367 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1369 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1373 /***********************************************************************
1374 Iterator initialization
1375 ***********************************************************************/
1377 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1378 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1379 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1380 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1381 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS <= 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1383 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1384 will produce glyphs in that row.
1386 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1387 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1388 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for
1389 displaying the tool-bar.
1391 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1392 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator will be initialized to use the
1393 corresponding mode line glyph row of the desired matrix of W. */
1395 void
1396 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1397 struct it *it;
1398 struct window *w;
1399 int charpos, bytepos;
1400 struct glyph_row *row;
1401 enum face_id base_face_id;
1403 int highlight_region_p;
1405 /* Some precondition checks. */
1406 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1407 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos > 0 && charpos <= ZV));
1409 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1410 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1411 that might have changed. */
1412 if (face_change_count)
1414 face_change_count = 0;
1415 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1418 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1419 appropriate. */
1420 if (row == NULL)
1422 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID)
1423 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1424 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1425 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1428 /* Clear IT. */
1429 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1430 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1431 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1432 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1434 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1435 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1436 it->w = w;
1437 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1439 /* Extra space between lines (on window systems only). */
1440 if (base_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1441 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1443 if (NATNUMP (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing))
1444 it->extra_line_spacing = XFASTINT (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing);
1445 else if (it->f->extra_line_spacing > 0)
1446 it->extra_line_spacing = it->f->extra_line_spacing;
1449 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1450 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. When running
1451 in batch mode, the face cache of Vterminal_frame is null. If
1452 we happen to get called, make a dummy face cache. */
1453 if (
1454 #ifndef WINDOWSNT
1455 noninteractive &&
1456 #endif
1457 FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f) == NULL)
1458 init_frame_faces (it->f);
1459 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1460 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1462 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1463 it->space_width = Qnil;
1464 it->font_height = Qnil;
1466 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1467 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1469 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1470 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1471 invisible. */
1472 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1473 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1474 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1475 ? -1 : 0));
1476 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1477 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1479 /* Display table to use. */
1480 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1482 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1483 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1485 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1486 highlight_region_p
1487 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1488 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1489 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1491 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1492 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1493 -1 to indicate no region. */
1494 if (highlight_region_p
1495 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1496 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1497 highlight_nonselected_windows
1498 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1499 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1500 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1501 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1502 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1503 && w == XWINDOW (Vminibuf_scroll_window))))
1505 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1506 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1507 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1509 else
1510 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1512 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1513 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1514 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1515 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1516 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1517 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1518 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1519 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1521 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1522 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1523 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1524 it->tab_width = 8;
1526 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1527 it->truncate_lines_p
1528 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1529 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1530 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1531 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1532 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1534 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1535 displayed as bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1536 frames. */
1537 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1539 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1541 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1542 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1543 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1544 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1546 else
1548 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1549 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1550 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1551 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1554 /* Reset these values to zero becaue the produce_special_glyphs
1555 above has changed them. */
1556 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1557 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1560 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1561 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1562 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1563 it->glyph_row = row;
1564 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1566 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1567 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1568 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1569 start of this total display area. */
1570 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1572 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1573 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1574 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1576 else
1578 it->first_visible_x
1579 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1580 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1581 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1583 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1584 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1585 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1586 for window-based redisplay. */
1587 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1589 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1590 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1591 else
1592 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1595 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1596 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1599 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1600 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1601 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1602 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1604 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1606 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1607 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1608 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1610 struct face *face;
1612 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1614 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1615 with a left box line. */
1616 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1617 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1618 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1621 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1622 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1623 if (charpos > 0)
1625 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1626 it->face_id = -1;
1627 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1629 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1630 if (bytepos <= 0)
1631 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1632 else
1633 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1635 /* Compute faces etc. */
1636 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1639 CHECK_IT (it);
1643 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1645 void
1646 start_display (it, w, pos)
1647 struct it *it;
1648 struct window *w;
1649 struct text_pos pos;
1651 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1652 struct glyph_row *row;
1653 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1654 int first_y;
1656 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1657 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1658 first_y = it->current_y;
1660 /* If window start is not at a line start, move back to the line
1661 start. This makes sure that we take continuation lines into
1662 account. */
1663 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1664 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1665 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1666 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1668 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1669 get the correct continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
1670 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1672 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1674 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle of a
1675 multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character displayed as
1676 \003, or in the middle of an overlay string). In this case
1677 move_it_to above will not have taken us to the start of
1678 the continuation line but to the end of the continued line. */
1679 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
1681 if (it->current_x > 0)
1683 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1684 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1686 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
1687 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1690 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1693 /* We're starting a new display line, not affected by the
1694 height of the continued line, so clear the appropriate
1695 fields in the iterator structure. */
1696 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
1697 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
1700 it->current_y = first_y;
1701 it->vpos = 0;
1702 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1705 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1706 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1707 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1709 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1710 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1711 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1712 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1713 #endif /* 0 */
1717 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1718 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1719 vector/ control character translation position information. */
1721 static void
1722 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1723 struct it *it;
1724 struct window *w;
1725 struct display_pos *pos;
1727 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1728 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1729 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1730 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1731 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1732 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1733 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1734 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1735 after-string. */
1736 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos->pos), BYTEPOS (pos->pos),
1737 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1739 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to
1740 the right overlay string. */
1741 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1743 int relative_index;
1745 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1746 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1747 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1748 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1750 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1751 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1752 while (n--)
1754 load_overlay_strings (it);
1755 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1759 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1760 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1761 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1762 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1763 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1764 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1765 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1767 else if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1769 /* If POS says we're already after an overlay string ending at
1770 POS, make sure to pop the iterator because it will be in
1771 front of that overlay string. When POS is ZV, we've thereby
1772 also ``processed'' overlay strings at ZV. */
1773 while (it->sp)
1774 pop_it (it);
1775 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1776 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
1777 if (CHARPOS (pos->pos) == ZV)
1778 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
1781 if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1783 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1784 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1785 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1786 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1787 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1790 /* Restore position in display vector translations or control
1791 character translations. */
1792 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1794 /* This fills IT->dpvec. */
1795 get_next_display_element (it);
1796 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1797 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1800 CHECK_IT (it);
1804 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1805 starting at ROW->start. */
1807 static void
1808 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1809 struct it *it;
1810 struct window *w;
1811 struct glyph_row *row;
1813 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1814 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1815 CHECK_IT (it);
1819 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1820 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end. */
1822 static void
1823 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1824 struct it *it;
1825 struct window *w;
1826 struct glyph_row *row;
1828 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end);
1830 if (row->continued_p)
1831 it->continuation_lines_width = (row->continuation_lines_width
1832 + row->pixel_width);
1833 CHECK_IT (it);
1839 /***********************************************************************
1840 Text properties
1841 ***********************************************************************/
1843 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
1844 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
1845 to stop. */
1847 static void
1848 handle_stop (it)
1849 struct it *it;
1851 enum prop_handled handled;
1852 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
1853 struct props *p;
1855 it->dpvec = NULL;
1856 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1860 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1862 /* Call text property handlers. */
1863 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1865 handled = p->handler (it);
1867 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1868 break;
1869 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
1870 return;
1871 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
1872 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1875 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1877 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
1878 characters from a display vector. */
1879 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
1880 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1882 /* Handle overlay changes. */
1883 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
1884 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
1886 /* Determine where to stop next. */
1887 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
1888 compute_stop_pos (it);
1891 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
1895 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
1896 information for IT's current position. */
1898 static void
1899 compute_stop_pos (it)
1900 struct it *it;
1902 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
1903 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
1905 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
1906 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
1908 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1910 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
1911 properties. */
1912 object = it->string;
1913 limit = Qnil;
1914 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
1916 else
1918 int charpos;
1920 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
1921 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
1922 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
1923 follows. */
1924 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1925 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
1926 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
1928 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
1929 start or end because the face might change there. */
1930 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
1932 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
1933 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
1934 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
1935 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
1938 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
1939 property changes. */
1940 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
1941 XSETFASTINT (limit, IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
1942 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1946 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
1947 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
1948 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
1949 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
1951 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
1952 struct props *p;
1954 /* Get properties here. */
1955 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1956 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
1958 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
1959 properties. */
1960 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
1961 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
1962 && (NILP (limit)
1963 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
1964 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
1966 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1968 Lisp_Object new_value;
1970 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
1971 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
1972 break;
1975 if (p->handler)
1976 break;
1979 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
1981 if (INTEGERP (limit)
1982 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
1983 /* No text property change up to limit. */
1984 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
1985 else
1986 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
1987 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
1991 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
1992 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
1993 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
1997 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
1998 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
1999 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
2000 xmalloc. */
2002 static int
2003 next_overlay_change (pos)
2004 int pos;
2006 int noverlays;
2007 int endpos;
2008 Lisp_Object *overlays;
2009 int len;
2010 int i;
2012 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
2013 len = 10;
2014 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2015 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2016 if (noverlays > len)
2018 len = noverlays;
2019 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2020 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2023 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
2024 use its ending point instead. */
2025 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
2027 Lisp_Object oend;
2028 int oendpos;
2030 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
2031 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
2032 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
2035 return endpos;
2040 /***********************************************************************
2041 Fontification
2042 ***********************************************************************/
2044 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
2045 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
2046 regions of text. */
2048 static enum prop_handled
2049 handle_fontified_prop (it)
2050 struct it *it;
2052 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
2053 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2055 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
2056 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
2057 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
2058 Qfontification_functions. */
2059 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
2060 && it->s == NULL
2061 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
2062 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks)
2063 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
2064 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
2065 NILP (prop)))
2067 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2068 Lisp_Object val;
2070 val = Vfontification_functions;
2071 specbind (Qfontification_functions, Qnil);
2072 specbind (Qafter_change_functions, Qnil);
2074 if (!CONSP (val) || EQ (XCAR (val), Qlambda))
2075 safe_call1 (val, pos);
2076 else
2078 Lisp_Object globals, fn;
2079 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
2081 globals = Qnil;
2082 GCPRO2 (val, globals);
2084 for (; CONSP (val); val = XCDR (val))
2086 fn = XCAR (val);
2088 if (EQ (fn, Qt))
2090 /* A value of t indicates this hook has a local
2091 binding; it means to run the global binding too.
2092 In a global value, t should not occur. If it
2093 does, we must ignore it to avoid an endless
2094 loop. */
2095 for (globals = Fdefault_value (Qfontification_functions);
2096 CONSP (globals);
2097 globals = XCDR (globals))
2099 fn = XCAR (globals);
2100 if (!EQ (fn, Qt))
2101 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2104 else
2105 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2108 UNGCPRO;
2111 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2113 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
2114 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
2115 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
2116 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
2117 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2120 return handled;
2125 /***********************************************************************
2126 Faces
2127 ***********************************************************************/
2129 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
2130 Called from handle_stop. */
2132 static enum prop_handled
2133 handle_face_prop (it)
2134 struct it *it;
2136 int new_face_id, next_stop;
2138 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
2140 new_face_id
2141 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2142 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2143 it->region_beg_charpos,
2144 it->region_end_charpos,
2145 &next_stop,
2146 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2147 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
2150 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
2151 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
2152 iterator; face_id is -1 is this case. We know that the new
2153 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
2154 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
2155 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
2156 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2158 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2160 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
2161 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
2162 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
2163 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
2164 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
2165 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
2166 it->start_of_box_run_p
2167 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2168 && (it->face_id >= 0
2169 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
2170 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
2171 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2174 else
2176 int base_face_id, bufpos;
2178 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2179 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2180 else
2181 bufpos = 0;
2183 /* For strings from a buffer, i.e. overlay strings or strings
2184 from a `display' property, use the face at IT's current
2185 buffer position as the base face to merge with, so that
2186 overlay strings appear in the same face as surrounding
2187 text, unless they specify their own faces. */
2188 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2190 new_face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2191 it->string,
2192 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
2193 bufpos,
2194 it->region_beg_charpos,
2195 it->region_end_charpos,
2196 &next_stop,
2197 base_face_id);
2199 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
2200 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
2201 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
2202 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
2203 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
2204 new_face_id = MODE_LINE_FACE_ID;
2205 #endif
2207 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
2208 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
2209 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
2210 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
2211 box, all characters up to that position will have a
2212 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
2213 is really the end. */
2214 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2216 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2217 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2219 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
2220 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
2221 shadow on the left side. */
2222 it->start_of_box_run_p
2223 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
2224 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2228 it->face_id = new_face_id;
2229 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2233 /* Return the ID of the face ``underlying'' IT's current position,
2234 which is in a string. If the iterator is associated with a
2235 buffer, return the face at IT's current buffer position.
2236 Otherwise, use the iterator's base_face_id. */
2238 static int
2239 underlying_face_id (it)
2240 struct it *it;
2242 int face_id = it->base_face_id, i;
2244 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2246 for (i = it->sp - 1; i >= 0; --i)
2247 if (NILP (it->stack[i].string))
2248 face_id = it->stack[i].face_id;
2250 return face_id;
2254 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
2255 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
2256 position. Value is the id of the face. */
2258 static int
2259 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
2260 struct it *it;
2261 int before_p;
2263 int face_id, limit;
2264 int next_check_charpos;
2265 struct text_pos pos;
2267 xassert (it->s == NULL);
2269 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2271 int bufpos, base_face_id;
2273 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
2274 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
2275 string start. */
2276 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size
2277 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
2278 return it->face_id;
2280 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
2281 if (before_p)
2282 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
2283 else
2284 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
2285 composition. */
2286 pos = (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION
2287 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + it->cmp_len, it->string)
2288 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string));
2290 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2291 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2292 else
2293 bufpos = 0;
2295 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2297 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
2298 face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2299 it->string,
2300 CHARPOS (pos),
2301 bufpos,
2302 it->region_beg_charpos,
2303 it->region_end_charpos,
2304 &next_check_charpos,
2305 base_face_id);
2307 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2308 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2309 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
2310 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
2312 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (it->string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
2313 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
2314 int c, len;
2315 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2317 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
2318 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2321 else
2323 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
2324 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
2325 return it->face_id;
2327 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
2328 pos = it->current.pos;
2330 if (before_p)
2331 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2332 else
2334 if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2335 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
2336 composition. */
2337 pos.charpos += it->cmp_len, pos.bytepos += it->len;
2338 else
2339 INC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2342 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
2343 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2344 CHARPOS (pos),
2345 it->region_beg_charpos,
2346 it->region_end_charpos,
2347 &next_check_charpos,
2348 limit, 0);
2350 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2351 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2352 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
2353 if (it->multibyte_p)
2355 int c = FETCH_MULTIBYTE_CHAR (CHARPOS (pos));
2356 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2357 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2361 return face_id;
2366 /***********************************************************************
2367 Invisible text
2368 ***********************************************************************/
2370 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2371 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2373 static enum prop_handled
2374 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2375 struct it *it;
2377 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2379 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2381 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2382 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2384 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2385 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2386 property. */
2387 XSETFASTINT (charpos, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2388 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2390 if (!NILP (prop)
2391 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2393 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2395 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2396 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2397 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2398 all the rest of IT->string. */
2399 XSETINT (limit, XSTRING (it->string)->size);
2400 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2401 it->string, limit);
2403 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2404 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2405 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2406 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2407 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2409 struct text_pos old;
2410 old = it->current.string_pos;
2411 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2412 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2414 else
2416 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2417 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2418 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2419 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2421 next_overlay_string (it);
2422 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2423 finished processing them. */
2424 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2426 else
2428 struct Lisp_String *s = XSTRING (it->string);
2429 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = s->size;
2430 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = STRING_BYTES (s);
2435 else
2437 int visible_p, newpos, next_stop;
2438 Lisp_Object pos, prop;
2440 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2441 XSETFASTINT (pos, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2442 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2444 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2445 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop)
2446 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2448 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2449 invisible text. */
2450 int display_ellipsis_p
2451 = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop);
2453 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2455 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2456 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2459 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2460 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2461 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2462 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2463 invisible property. */
2464 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2465 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2467 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2468 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2469 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2470 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2471 visible_p = 1;
2472 else
2474 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2475 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2476 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2477 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2478 get visible_p = 1, this means that the char at
2479 newpos is visible. */
2480 XSETFASTINT (pos, newpos);
2481 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2482 visible_p = !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2485 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2486 skip starting with next_stop. */
2487 if (!visible_p)
2488 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2490 while (!visible_p);
2492 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2493 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2494 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2496 /* Maybe return `...' next for the end of the invisible text. */
2497 if (display_ellipsis_p)
2499 if (it->dp
2500 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2502 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2503 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2504 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2506 else
2508 /* Default `...'. */
2509 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2510 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2513 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of
2514 the character at the new position. Indicate this by
2515 setting IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2516 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2518 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2519 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2524 return handled;
2529 /***********************************************************************
2530 'display' property
2531 ***********************************************************************/
2533 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2534 Called from handle_stop. */
2536 static enum prop_handled
2537 handle_display_prop (it)
2538 struct it *it;
2540 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2541 struct text_pos *position;
2542 int space_or_image_found_p;
2544 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2546 object = it->string;
2547 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2549 else
2551 object = Qnil;
2552 position = &it->current.pos;
2555 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2556 it->font_height = Qnil;
2557 it->space_width = Qnil;
2558 it->voffset = 0;
2560 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2561 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2562 `display' property etc. */
2563 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2564 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2566 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2567 Qdisplay, object);
2568 if (NILP (prop))
2569 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2571 space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2572 if (CONSP (prop)
2573 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2574 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2576 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2577 while (CONSP (prop))
2579 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object, position))
2580 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2581 prop = XCDR (prop);
2584 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2586 int i;
2587 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2588 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i],
2589 object, position))
2590 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2592 else
2594 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position))
2595 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2598 return space_or_image_found_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2602 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2603 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2605 static struct text_pos
2606 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2607 struct it *it;
2608 Lisp_Object object;
2609 struct text_pos start_pos;
2611 Lisp_Object end;
2612 struct text_pos end_pos;
2614 end = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos)),
2615 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2616 CHARPOS (end_pos) = XFASTINT (end);
2617 if (STRINGP (object))
2618 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2619 else
2620 BYTEPOS (end_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end));
2622 return end_pos;
2626 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2627 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2628 is the position at which it was found.
2630 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2631 end position of the `display' property.
2633 Value is non-zero if a `space' or `image' property value was found. */
2635 static int
2636 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position)
2637 struct it *it;
2638 Lisp_Object prop;
2639 Lisp_Object object;
2640 struct text_pos *position;
2642 Lisp_Object value;
2643 int space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2644 Lisp_Object form;
2646 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2647 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2648 form = Qt;
2649 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2651 prop = XCDR (prop);
2652 if (!CONSP (prop))
2653 return 0;
2654 form = XCAR (prop);
2655 prop = XCDR (prop);
2658 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2660 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2661 struct text_pos end_pos, pt;
2663 GCPRO1 (form);
2664 end_pos = display_prop_end (it, object, *position);
2666 /* Temporarily set point to the end position, and then evaluate
2667 the form. This makes `(eolp)' work as FORM. */
2668 if (BUFFERP (object))
2670 CHARPOS (pt) = PT;
2671 BYTEPOS (pt) = PT_BYTE;
2672 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (end_pos), BYTEPOS (end_pos));
2675 form = safe_eval (form);
2677 if (BUFFERP (object))
2678 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
2679 UNGCPRO;
2682 if (NILP (form))
2683 return 0;
2685 if (CONSP (prop)
2686 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2687 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2689 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2690 return 0;
2692 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2693 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2694 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2696 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2697 int new_height = -1;
2699 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2700 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2701 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2702 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2703 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2705 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2706 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2707 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2708 steps = - steps;
2709 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2711 else if (FUNCTIONP (it->font_height))
2713 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2714 Value is the new height. */
2715 Lisp_Object height;
2716 height = safe_call1 (it->font_height,
2717 face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2718 if (NUMBERP (height))
2719 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2721 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2723 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2724 struct face *face;
2726 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2727 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2728 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2730 else
2732 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2733 current specified height to get the new height. */
2734 Lisp_Object value;
2735 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2737 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2738 value = safe_eval (it->font_height);
2739 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2741 if (NUMBERP (value))
2742 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2745 if (new_height > 0)
2746 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2749 else if (CONSP (prop)
2750 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2751 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2753 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2754 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2755 return 0;
2757 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2758 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2759 it->space_width = value;
2761 else if (CONSP (prop)
2762 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2763 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2765 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2766 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2767 return 0;
2769 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2770 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2771 if (NUMBERP (value))
2773 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2774 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2775 * (FONT_HEIGHT (face->font)));
2777 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2779 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2781 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
2782 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2783 Lisp_Object location, value;
2784 struct text_pos start_pos;
2785 int valid_p;
2787 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2788 we have to find the end of the property. */
2789 start_pos = *position;
2790 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2791 value = Qnil;
2793 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2794 text properties change there. */
2795 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
2797 location = Qunbound;
2798 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
2800 Lisp_Object tem;
2802 value = XCDR (prop);
2803 if (CONSP (value))
2804 value = XCAR (value);
2806 tem = XCAR (prop);
2807 if (EQ (XCAR (tem), Qmargin)
2808 && (tem = XCDR (tem),
2809 tem = CONSP (tem) ? XCAR (tem) : Qnil,
2810 (NILP (tem)
2811 || EQ (tem, Qleft_margin)
2812 || EQ (tem, Qright_margin))))
2813 location = tem;
2816 if (EQ (location, Qunbound))
2818 location = Qnil;
2819 value = prop;
2822 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2823 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f))
2824 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2825 else
2826 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
2827 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2828 || valid_image_p (value));
2829 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2830 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2831 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2833 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
2834 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
2835 || NILP (location))
2836 && valid_p)
2838 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2840 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
2841 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
2842 push_it (it);
2844 if (NILP (location))
2845 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2846 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
2847 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
2848 else
2849 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
2851 if (STRINGP (value))
2853 it->string = value;
2854 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2855 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2856 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2857 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars
2858 = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2859 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2860 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2861 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
2863 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2865 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
2866 it->object = value;
2867 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
2869 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2870 else
2872 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
2873 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
2874 it->position = start_pos;
2875 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
2876 it->method = next_element_from_image;
2878 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
2879 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2880 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2881 *position = start_pos;
2883 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2885 else
2886 /* Invalid property or property not supported. Restore
2887 the position to what it was before. */
2888 *position = start_pos;
2891 return space_or_image_found_p;
2895 /* Check if PROP is a display sub-property value whose text should be
2896 treated as intangible. */
2898 static int
2899 single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2900 Lisp_Object prop;
2902 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
2903 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2905 prop = XCDR (prop);
2906 if (!CONSP (prop))
2907 return 0;
2908 prop = XCDR (prop);
2911 if (!CONSP (prop))
2912 return 0;
2914 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. If LOCATION is in the margins,
2915 we don't need to treat text as intangible. */
2916 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
2918 prop = XCDR (prop);
2919 if (!CONSP (prop))
2920 return 0;
2922 prop = XCDR (prop);
2923 if (!CONSP (prop)
2924 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qleft_margin)
2925 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qright_margin))
2926 return 0;
2929 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage);
2933 /* Check if PROP is a display property value whose text should be
2934 treated as intangible. */
2937 display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2938 Lisp_Object prop;
2940 if (CONSP (prop)
2941 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2942 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2944 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2945 while (CONSP (prop))
2947 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XCAR (prop)))
2948 return 1;
2949 prop = XCDR (prop);
2952 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2954 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
2955 int i;
2956 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2957 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i]))
2958 return 1;
2960 else
2961 return single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop);
2963 return 0;
2967 /***********************************************************************
2968 `composition' property
2969 ***********************************************************************/
2971 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
2972 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2974 static enum prop_handled
2975 handle_composition_prop (it)
2976 struct it *it;
2978 Lisp_Object prop, string;
2979 int pos, pos_byte, end;
2980 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2982 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2984 pos = IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
2985 pos_byte = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
2986 string = it->string;
2988 else
2990 pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2991 pos_byte = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
2992 string = Qnil;
2995 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
2996 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
2997 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
2998 if (find_composition (pos, -1, &pos, &end, &prop, string)
2999 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (pos, end, prop)
3000 && (STRINGP (it->string) || (PT <= pos || PT >= end)))
3002 int id = get_composition_id (pos, pos_byte, end - pos, prop, string);
3004 if (id >= 0)
3006 it->method = next_element_from_composition;
3007 it->cmp_id = id;
3008 it->cmp_len = COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop);
3009 /* For a terminal, draw only the first character of the
3010 components. */
3011 it->c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (composition_table[id], 0);
3012 it->len = (STRINGP (it->string)
3013 ? string_char_to_byte (it->string, end)
3014 : CHAR_TO_BYTE (end)) - pos_byte;
3015 it->stop_charpos = end;
3016 handled = HANDLED_RETURN;
3020 return handled;
3025 /***********************************************************************
3026 Overlay strings
3027 ***********************************************************************/
3029 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
3030 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
3032 struct overlay_entry
3034 Lisp_Object overlay;
3035 Lisp_Object string;
3036 int priority;
3037 int after_string_p;
3041 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
3042 Called from handle_stop. */
3044 static enum prop_handled
3045 handle_overlay_change (it)
3046 struct it *it;
3048 if (!STRINGP (it->string) && get_overlay_strings (it))
3049 return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
3050 else
3051 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3055 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
3056 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
3057 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
3058 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
3059 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
3060 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
3062 static void
3063 next_overlay_string (it)
3064 struct it *it;
3066 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
3067 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
3069 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
3070 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
3071 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
3072 pop_it (it);
3073 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
3074 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
3075 it->string = Qnil;
3076 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3077 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
3078 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
3079 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3081 /* If we're at the end of the buffer, record that we have
3082 processed the overlay strings there already, so that
3083 next_element_from_buffer doesn't try it again. */
3084 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3085 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3087 else
3089 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
3090 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
3091 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
3092 it. */
3093 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
3095 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
3096 load_overlay_strings (it);
3098 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
3099 string. */
3100 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
3101 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3102 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
3103 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3104 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3107 CHECK_IT (it);
3111 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
3112 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
3113 strings for the same position are sorted so that
3115 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings, except
3116 when they come from the same overlay.
3118 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
3119 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
3121 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
3122 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
3124 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
3127 static int
3128 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
3129 void *e1, *e2;
3131 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
3132 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
3133 int result;
3135 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
3137 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings if
3138 they come from different overlays. */
3139 if (EQ (entry1->overlay, entry2->overlay))
3140 result = entry1->after_string_p ? 1 : -1;
3141 else
3142 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
3144 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
3145 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
3146 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
3147 else
3148 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
3149 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
3151 return result;
3155 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
3156 current buffer position. Set IT->n_overlays to the total number of
3157 overlay strings found.
3159 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
3160 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
3161 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
3162 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
3163 function.
3165 IT->add_overlay_start contains an additional overlay start
3166 position to consider for taking overlay strings from, if non-zero.
3167 This position comes into play when the overlay has an `invisible'
3168 property, and both before and after-strings. When we've skipped to
3169 the end of the overlay, because of its `invisible' property, we
3170 nevertheless want its before-string to appear.
3171 IT->add_overlay_start will contain the overlay start position
3172 in this case.
3174 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
3175 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
3176 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
3177 compare_overlay_entries. */
3179 static void
3180 load_overlay_strings (it)
3181 struct it *it;
3183 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
3184 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str, invisible;
3185 int start, end;
3186 int size = 20;
3187 int n = 0, i, j, invis_p;
3188 struct overlay_entry *entries
3189 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
3190 int charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3192 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
3193 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
3194 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
3195 OVERLAY. */
3196 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
3197 do \
3199 Lisp_Object priority; \
3201 if (n == size) \
3203 int new_size = 2 * size; \
3204 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
3205 entries = \
3206 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
3207 * sizeof *entries); \
3208 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
3209 size = new_size; \
3212 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
3213 entries[n].overlay = (OVERLAY); \
3214 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
3215 entries[n].priority = INTEGERP (priority) ? XINT (priority) : 0; \
3216 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
3217 ++n; \
3219 while (0)
3221 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
3222 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3224 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3225 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3226 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3227 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3229 if (end < charpos)
3230 break;
3232 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3233 position. */
3234 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3235 continue;
3237 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3238 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3239 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3240 continue;
3242 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, both before-
3243 and after-strings from this overlay are visible; start and
3244 end position are indistinguishable. */
3245 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3246 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3248 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3249 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3250 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3251 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3252 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3254 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3255 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3256 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3257 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3258 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3261 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
3262 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3264 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3265 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3266 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3267 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3269 if (start > charpos)
3270 break;
3272 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3273 position. */
3274 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3275 continue;
3277 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3278 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3279 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3280 continue;
3282 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, it has a zero
3283 dimension, and both before- and after-strings apply. */
3284 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3285 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3287 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3288 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3289 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3290 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3291 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3293 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3294 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3295 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3296 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3297 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3300 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
3302 /* Sort entries. */
3303 if (n > 1)
3304 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
3306 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
3307 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
3309 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
3310 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
3311 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
3312 i = 0;
3313 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
3314 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
3315 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
3317 CHECK_IT (it);
3321 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
3322 position. Value is non-zero if at least one overlay string was
3323 found. */
3325 static int
3326 get_overlay_strings (it)
3327 struct it *it;
3329 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
3330 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
3331 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
3332 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
3333 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
3334 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
3335 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
3336 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
3337 load_overlay_strings (it);
3339 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
3340 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
3341 from current_buffer. */
3342 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
3344 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
3345 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
3346 strings. */
3347 compute_stop_pos (it);
3348 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3350 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
3351 strings have been processed. */
3352 xassert (it->sp == 0);
3353 push_it (it);
3355 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
3356 string. */
3357 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
3358 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3359 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
3360 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3361 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3362 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3364 else
3366 it->string = Qnil;
3367 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3368 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3371 CHECK_IT (it);
3373 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
3374 return STRINGP (it->string);
3379 /***********************************************************************
3380 Saving and restoring state
3381 ***********************************************************************/
3383 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
3384 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
3385 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
3386 processed. */
3388 static void
3389 push_it (it)
3390 struct it *it;
3392 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3394 xassert (it->sp < 2);
3395 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3397 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
3398 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3399 p->face_id = it->face_id;
3400 p->string = it->string;
3401 p->pos = it->current;
3402 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
3403 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
3404 p->area = it->area;
3405 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
3406 p->space_width = it->space_width;
3407 p->font_height = it->font_height;
3408 p->voffset = it->voffset;
3409 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
3410 ++it->sp;
3414 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
3415 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
3416 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
3417 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
3418 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
3420 static void
3421 pop_it (it)
3422 struct it *it;
3424 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3426 xassert (it->sp > 0);
3427 --it->sp;
3428 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3429 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
3430 it->face_id = p->face_id;
3431 it->string = p->string;
3432 it->current = p->pos;
3433 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
3434 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
3435 it->area = p->area;
3436 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
3437 it->space_width = p->space_width;
3438 it->font_height = p->font_height;
3439 it->voffset = p->voffset;
3440 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
3445 /***********************************************************************
3446 Moving over lines
3447 ***********************************************************************/
3449 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
3451 static void
3452 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
3453 struct it *it;
3455 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
3456 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3460 /* Move IT to the next line start.
3462 Value is non-zero if a newline was found. Set *SKIPPED_P to 1 if
3463 we skipped over part of the text (as opposed to moving the iterator
3464 continuously over the text). Otherwise, don't change the value
3465 of *SKIPPED_P.
3467 Newlines may come from buffer text, overlay strings, or strings
3468 displayed via the `display' property. That's the reason we can't
3469 simply use find_next_newline_no_quit.
3471 Note that this function may not skip over invisible text that is so
3472 because of text properties and immediately follows a newline. If
3473 it would, function reseat_at_next_visible_line_start, when called
3474 from set_iterator_to_next, would effectively make invisible
3475 characters following a newline part of the wrong glyph row, which
3476 leads to wrong cursor motion. */
3478 static int
3479 forward_to_next_line_start (it, skipped_p)
3480 struct it *it;
3481 int *skipped_p;
3483 int old_selective, newline_found_p, n;
3484 const int MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE = 500;
3486 /* If already on a newline, just consume it to avoid unintended
3487 skipping over invisible text below. */
3488 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n')
3490 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3491 it->c = 0;
3492 return 1;
3495 /* Don't handle selective display in the following. It's (a)
3496 unnecessary because it's done by the caller, and (b) leads to an
3497 infinite recursion because next_element_from_ellipsis indirectly
3498 calls this function. */
3499 old_selective = it->selective;
3500 it->selective = 0;
3502 /* Scan for a newline within MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE display elements
3503 from buffer text. */
3504 for (n = newline_found_p = 0;
3505 !newline_found_p && n < MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE;
3506 n += STRINGP (it->string) ? 0 : 1)
3508 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
3509 break;
3510 newline_found_p = it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n';
3511 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3514 /* If we didn't find a newline near enough, see if we can use a
3515 short-cut. */
3516 if (n == MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE)
3518 int start = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3519 int limit = find_next_newline_no_quit (start, 1);
3520 Lisp_Object pos;
3522 xassert (!STRINGP (it->string));
3524 /* If there isn't any `display' property in sight, and no
3525 overlays, we can just use the position of the newline in
3526 buffer text. */
3527 if (it->stop_charpos >= limit
3528 || ((pos = Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start),
3529 Qdisplay,
3530 Qnil, make_number (limit)),
3531 NILP (pos))
3532 && next_overlay_change (start) == ZV))
3534 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = limit;
3535 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
3536 *skipped_p = newline_found_p = 1;
3538 else
3540 while (get_next_display_element (it)
3541 && !newline_found_p)
3543 newline_found_p = ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it);
3544 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3549 it->selective = old_selective;
3550 return newline_found_p;
3554 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
3555 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3556 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
3557 IT->hpos. */
3559 static void
3560 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3561 struct it *it;
3563 int visible_p = 0;
3565 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
3566 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3567 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3569 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
3570 or text properties. */
3571 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
3572 && !visible_p)
3574 visible_p = 1;
3576 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
3577 are invisible. */
3578 if (it->selective > 0
3579 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3580 it->selective))
3581 visible_p = 0;
3582 else
3584 Lisp_Object prop;
3586 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
3587 Qinvisible, it->window);
3588 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
3589 visible_p = 0;
3592 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
3593 if (!visible_p)
3594 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3597 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
3598 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
3599 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3600 CHECK_IT (it);
3604 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3605 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3606 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3607 face information etc. */
3609 static void
3610 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3611 struct it *it;
3613 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3614 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3615 CHECK_IT (it);
3619 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3620 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3621 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3622 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3623 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3624 is invisible because of text properties. */
3626 static void
3627 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3628 struct it *it;
3629 int on_newline_p;
3631 int newline_found_p, skipped_p = 0;
3633 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3635 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3636 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3637 if (it->selective > 0)
3638 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3639 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3640 it->selective))
3642 xassert (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3643 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3646 /* Position on the newline if that's what's requested. */
3647 if (on_newline_p && newline_found_p)
3649 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3651 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
3653 --IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
3654 --IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
3657 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3659 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3660 --IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3661 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3664 else if (skipped_p)
3665 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3667 CHECK_IT (it);
3672 /***********************************************************************
3673 Changing an iterator's position
3674 ***********************************************************************/
3676 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
3677 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
3678 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
3679 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
3681 static void
3682 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
3683 struct it *it;
3684 struct text_pos pos;
3685 int force_p;
3687 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3689 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
3691 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
3692 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
3693 if (force_p
3694 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
3695 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
3696 handle_stop (it);
3698 CHECK_IT (it);
3702 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
3703 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
3705 static void
3706 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
3707 struct it *it;
3708 struct text_pos pos;
3709 int set_stop_p;
3711 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
3712 xassert (it->s == NULL);
3714 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
3715 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
3717 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
3718 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
3719 it->dpvec = NULL;
3720 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3721 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3722 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
3723 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3724 it->string = Qnil;
3725 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3726 it->sp = 0;
3727 it->face_before_selective_p = 0;
3729 if (set_stop_p)
3730 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
3734 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
3735 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
3736 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
3738 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
3739 characters from the string.
3741 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3742 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
3743 field width.
3745 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
3746 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
3747 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
3749 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
3750 calling this function. */
3752 static void
3753 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
3754 struct it *it;
3755 unsigned char *s;
3756 Lisp_Object string;
3757 int charpos;
3758 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
3760 /* No region in strings. */
3761 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
3763 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
3764 it->stop_charpos = -1;
3766 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
3767 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
3768 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3769 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3770 xassert (charpos >= 0);
3772 /* Use the setting of MULTIBYTE if specified. */
3773 if (multibyte >= 0)
3774 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
3776 if (s == NULL)
3778 xassert (STRINGP (string));
3779 it->string = string;
3780 it->s = NULL;
3781 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = XSTRING (string)->size;
3782 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3783 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
3785 else
3787 it->s = s;
3788 it->string = Qnil;
3790 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
3791 for displaying C strings. */
3792 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3793 if (it->multibyte_p)
3795 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
3796 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
3798 else
3800 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
3801 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
3804 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3807 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
3808 from the string. */
3809 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
3810 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
3812 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3813 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
3814 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
3815 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
3816 if (field_width < 0)
3817 field_width = INFINITY;
3818 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
3819 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
3821 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
3822 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
3823 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
3825 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
3826 CHECK_IT (it);
3831 /***********************************************************************
3832 Iteration
3833 ***********************************************************************/
3835 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3836 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
3837 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
3840 get_next_display_element (it)
3841 struct it *it;
3843 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
3844 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
3845 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
3846 using a sequence of if-statements. */
3847 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
3849 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
3851 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
3852 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
3853 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
3854 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
3855 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
3856 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
3857 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
3858 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
3859 it? */
3860 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
3862 Lisp_Object dv;
3864 if (it->dp
3865 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
3866 VECTORP (dv)))
3868 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
3870 /* Return the first character from the display table
3871 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
3872 current character. */
3873 if (v->size)
3875 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3876 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3877 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3878 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3879 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3880 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3882 else
3884 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3885 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3889 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
3890 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
3891 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
3892 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
3893 don't believe that it is worth doing.
3895 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
3896 octal form. */
3897 else if ((it->c < ' '
3898 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
3899 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
3900 || (it->c >= 127
3901 && it->len == 1)
3902 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
3904 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
3905 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
3906 can be defined in the display table. Fill
3907 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
3908 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
3909 GLYPH g;
3911 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
3913 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
3914 if (it->dp
3915 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
3916 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3917 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
3918 else
3919 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
3920 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
3922 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
3923 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
3925 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
3926 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3927 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3928 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
3929 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3930 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3931 get_next_display_element (it);
3933 else
3935 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
3936 int len;
3937 int i;
3938 GLYPH escape_glyph;
3940 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
3941 if (it->dp
3942 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
3943 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3944 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
3945 else
3946 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
3948 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
3949 str[0] = it->c, len = 1;
3950 else
3951 len = CHAR_STRING (it->c, str);
3953 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3955 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
3956 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
3957 the octal display of the character. */
3958 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
3959 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
3960 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
3961 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
3962 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
3963 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
3966 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
3967 from it. */
3968 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3969 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3970 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
3971 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3972 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3973 get_next_display_element (it);
3978 /* Adjust face id for a multibyte character. There are no
3979 multibyte character in unibyte text. */
3980 if (it->multibyte_p
3981 && success_p
3982 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
3984 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
3985 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->c);
3989 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
3990 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
3991 if (it->face_box_p
3992 && it->s == NULL)
3994 int face_id;
3995 struct face *face;
3997 it->end_of_box_run_p
3998 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
3999 face_id != it->face_id)
4000 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
4001 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
4004 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
4005 return success_p;
4009 /* Move IT to the next display element.
4011 RESEAT_P non-zero means if called on a newline in buffer text,
4012 skip to the next visible line start.
4014 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
4015 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
4016 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
4017 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
4018 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
4019 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
4020 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
4021 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
4022 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
4024 void
4025 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p)
4026 struct it *it;
4027 int reseat_p;
4029 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of characters
4030 with box. Reset them at the start of this function because
4031 moving the iterator to a new position might set them. */
4032 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
4034 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
4036 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
4037 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
4038 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
4039 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it) && reseat_p)
4040 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4041 else
4043 xassert (it->len != 0);
4044 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4045 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4046 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4049 else if (it->method == next_element_from_composition)
4051 xassert (it->cmp_id >= 0 && it ->cmp_id < n_compositions);
4052 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4054 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4055 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4056 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4057 goto consider_string_end;
4059 else
4061 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4062 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4063 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4066 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
4068 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
4069 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4070 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4072 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
4074 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
4075 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
4076 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
4077 strings. */
4078 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
4080 /* Restore face of the iterator to what they were before the
4081 display vector entry (these entries may contain faces). */
4082 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
4084 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
4086 if (it->s)
4087 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
4088 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
4089 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4090 else
4091 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4093 it->dpvec = NULL;
4094 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4096 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
4097 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
4098 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4099 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
4101 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
4102 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p);
4106 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
4108 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
4109 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
4110 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4111 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4113 consider_string_end:
4115 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4117 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
4118 next, if there is one. */
4119 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4120 next_overlay_string (it);
4122 else
4124 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
4125 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
4126 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
4127 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
4128 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == XSTRING (it->string)->size
4129 && it->sp > 0)
4131 pop_it (it);
4132 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
4133 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4137 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
4138 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
4140 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
4141 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
4142 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
4143 pop_it (it);
4144 it->image_id = 0;
4145 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4147 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4148 goto consider_string_end;
4150 else
4151 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4153 else
4154 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
4155 abort ();
4157 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
4158 || (STRINGP (it->string)
4159 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
4163 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4164 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
4165 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
4166 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
4168 static int
4169 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
4170 struct it *it;
4172 /* Precondition. */
4173 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
4175 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
4176 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
4177 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4179 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
4180 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
4182 int lface_id;
4183 GLYPH g;
4185 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
4186 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
4187 it->len = CHAR_BYTES (it->c);
4189 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
4190 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
4191 zero means no face is specified. */
4192 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
4193 if (lface_id)
4195 /* The function returns -1 if lface_id is invalid. */
4196 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
4197 if (face_id >= 0)
4198 it->face_id = face_id;
4201 else
4202 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
4203 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4205 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
4206 still the values of the character that had this display table
4207 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
4208 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4209 return 1;
4213 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
4214 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
4215 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
4216 overlay string. */
4218 static int
4219 next_element_from_string (it)
4220 struct it *it;
4222 struct text_pos position;
4224 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
4225 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
4226 position = it->current.string_pos;
4228 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
4229 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
4230 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
4232 handle_stop (it);
4234 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
4235 recurse here. */
4236 return get_next_display_element (it);
4239 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4241 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
4242 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
4243 do. */
4244 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4246 it->what = IT_EOB;
4247 return 0;
4249 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4251 int remaining = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4252 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4253 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4254 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4255 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
4257 else
4259 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4260 it->len = 1;
4263 else
4265 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
4266 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
4267 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
4268 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
4269 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4271 it->what = IT_EOB;
4272 return 0;
4274 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4276 /* Pad with spaces. */
4277 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4278 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
4280 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4282 int maxlen = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4283 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4284 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4285 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4286 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
4288 else
4290 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4291 it->len = 1;
4295 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
4296 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
4297 string position. */
4298 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4299 it->object = it->string;
4300 it->position = position;
4301 return 1;
4305 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
4306 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
4307 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
4308 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
4309 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
4310 reached, including padding spaces. */
4312 static int
4313 next_element_from_c_string (it)
4314 struct it *it;
4316 int success_p = 1;
4318 xassert (it->s);
4319 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4320 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
4321 it->object = Qnil;
4323 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
4324 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
4325 initialized. */
4326 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4328 /* End of the game. */
4329 it->what = IT_EOB;
4330 success_p = 0;
4332 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4334 /* Pad with spaces. */
4335 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4336 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
4338 else if (it->multibyte_p)
4340 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
4341 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
4342 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
4343 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4344 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
4345 maxlen, &it->len);
4347 else
4348 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
4350 return success_p;
4354 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
4355 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
4356 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
4357 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
4359 static int
4360 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
4361 struct it *it;
4363 if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
4365 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
4367 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
4368 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
4369 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
4370 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4371 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4372 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4373 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4374 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4376 else
4378 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
4379 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4380 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
4381 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
4382 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4383 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4386 else
4388 /* The face at the current position may be different from the
4389 face we find after the invisible text. Remember what it
4390 was in IT->saved_face_id, and signal that it's there by
4391 setting face_before_selective_p. */
4392 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4393 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4394 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4395 it->face_before_selective_p = 1;
4398 return get_next_display_element (it);
4402 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
4403 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
4404 is always 1. */
4407 static int
4408 next_element_from_image (it)
4409 struct it *it;
4411 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
4412 return 1;
4416 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
4417 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
4418 always 1. */
4420 static int
4421 next_element_from_stretch (it)
4422 struct it *it;
4424 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
4425 return 1;
4429 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
4430 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
4431 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
4432 end. */
4434 static int
4435 next_element_from_buffer (it)
4436 struct it *it;
4438 int success_p = 1;
4440 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
4441 if-statement, below. */
4442 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
4443 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
4445 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
4447 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4449 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
4451 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
4452 haven't been returned yet. */
4453 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
4454 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
4455 else
4457 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
4458 overlay_strings_follow_p = get_overlay_strings (it);
4461 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
4462 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4463 else
4465 it->what = IT_EOB;
4466 it->position = it->current.pos;
4467 success_p = 0;
4470 else
4472 handle_stop (it);
4473 return get_next_display_element (it);
4476 else
4478 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
4479 character from current_buffer. */
4480 unsigned char *p;
4482 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
4483 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
4484 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
4485 && it->glyph_row
4486 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
4487 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
4489 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
4490 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4491 if (it->multibyte_p && !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p))
4493 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
4494 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4495 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
4497 else
4498 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
4500 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
4501 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
4502 it->object = it->w->buffer;
4503 it->position = it->current.pos;
4505 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
4506 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
4507 if (it->selective)
4509 if (it->c == '\n')
4511 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
4512 than that number of columns. */
4513 if (it->selective > 0
4514 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
4515 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
4516 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
4517 it->selective))
4519 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4520 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4523 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
4525 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
4526 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
4527 ellipsis displayed for it. */
4528 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4529 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4534 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
4535 xassert (!success_p || it->what != IT_CHARACTER || it->len > 0);
4536 return success_p;
4540 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
4542 static void
4543 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
4544 struct it *it;
4546 Lisp_Object args[3];
4548 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
4549 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
4550 xassert (it->glyph_row);
4552 /* Set up hook arguments. */
4553 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
4554 args[1] = it->window;
4555 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
4556 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
4558 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
4559 them again, even if they get an error. */
4560 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
4561 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
4563 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
4564 handle_face_prop (it);
4568 /* Deliver a composition display element. The iterator IT is already
4569 filled with composition information (done in
4570 handle_composition_prop). Value is always 1. */
4572 static int
4573 next_element_from_composition (it)
4574 struct it *it;
4576 it->what = IT_COMPOSITION;
4577 it->position = (STRINGP (it->string)
4578 ? it->current.string_pos
4579 : it->current.pos);
4580 return 1;
4585 /***********************************************************************
4586 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
4587 ***********************************************************************/
4589 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
4590 line on the display without producing glyphs.
4592 Begin to skip at IT's current position. Skip to TO_CHARPOS or TO_X
4593 whichever is reached first.
4595 TO_CHARPOS <= 0 means no TO_CHARPOS is specified.
4597 TO_X < 0 means that no TO_X is specified. TO_X is normally a value
4598 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x. This means in particular, that
4599 TO_X includes the amount by which a window is horizontally
4600 scrolled.
4602 Value is
4604 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
4605 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
4607 MOVE_X_REACHED
4608 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
4610 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
4611 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
4612 be continued.
4614 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
4615 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
4616 truncated.
4618 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
4619 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
4620 display is on. */
4622 static enum move_it_result
4623 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
4624 struct it *it;
4625 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
4627 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
4628 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
4630 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
4631 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
4632 it->glyph_row = NULL;
4634 while (1)
4636 int x, i, ascent = 0, descent = 0;
4638 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
4639 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
4640 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4641 && BUFFERP (it->object)
4642 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
4644 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
4645 break;
4648 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
4649 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
4650 x-position before this display element in case it does not
4651 fit on the line. */
4652 x = it->current_x;
4654 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
4655 fit on the line. */
4656 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
4658 ascent = it->max_ascent;
4659 descent = it->max_descent;
4662 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
4664 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
4666 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4667 continue;
4670 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
4671 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
4672 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
4673 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
4674 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
4675 composite character.
4677 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
4678 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
4679 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
4680 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
4681 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
4682 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
4683 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
4684 next line.
4686 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
4687 the same width. */
4688 if (it->nglyphs)
4690 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
4691 glyphs have the same width. */
4692 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
4693 int new_x;
4695 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
4697 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
4699 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
4700 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
4702 it->current_x = x;
4703 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4704 break;
4706 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
4707 !it->truncate_lines_p
4708 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
4709 new_x > it->last_visible_x
4710 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
4711 system frame. */
4712 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4713 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
4715 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
4716 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
4717 it->hpos == 0
4718 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4719 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
4721 ++it->hpos;
4722 it->current_x = new_x;
4723 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
4724 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4726 else
4728 it->current_x = x;
4729 it->max_ascent = ascent;
4730 it->max_descent = descent;
4733 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_in: continued at %d\n",
4734 IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4735 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
4736 break;
4738 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
4740 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
4741 would be displayed. */
4742 ++it->hpos;
4744 else
4746 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
4747 area. Nothing to do. */
4751 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
4752 break;
4754 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
4756 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
4757 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
4758 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
4759 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
4760 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
4761 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4762 break;
4765 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
4766 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
4768 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
4769 break;
4772 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
4773 to the next. */
4774 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4776 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
4777 past the right edge of the window now. */
4778 if (it->truncate_lines_p
4779 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
4781 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
4782 break;
4786 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
4787 function. */
4788 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
4789 return result;
4793 /* Move IT forward to a specified buffer position TO_CHARPOS, TO_X,
4794 TO_Y, TO_VPOS. OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop. See
4795 the description of enum move_operation_enum.
4797 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
4798 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
4799 TO_CHARPOS. */
4801 void
4802 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
4803 struct it *it;
4804 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
4805 int op;
4807 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4808 int line_height;
4809 int reached = 0;
4811 for (;;)
4813 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
4815 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
4816 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
4817 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
4819 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4821 reached = 1;
4822 break;
4824 else
4825 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
4827 else
4829 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
4830 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
4831 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4833 reached = 2;
4834 break;
4837 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
4839 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
4841 reached = 3;
4842 break;
4844 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
4846 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
4847 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4848 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4849 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4851 reached = 4;
4852 break;
4857 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
4859 struct it it_backup;
4861 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
4862 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
4863 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
4864 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
4865 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
4866 TO_X.
4868 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
4869 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
4870 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
4871 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
4872 to happen. */
4873 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4874 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
4875 ? to_x : 0),
4876 (MOVE_TO_X
4877 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
4879 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
4880 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4882 reached = 5;
4883 break;
4886 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
4887 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
4888 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
4889 the line. */
4890 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4892 it_backup = *it;
4893 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: from %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4894 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
4895 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
4896 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4899 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
4900 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4901 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height));
4903 if (to_y >= it->current_y
4904 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
4906 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4907 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
4908 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
4909 to the ones before skipping. */
4910 *it = it_backup;
4911 reached = 6;
4913 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4915 skip = skip2;
4916 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4917 reached = 7;
4920 if (reached)
4921 break;
4923 else
4924 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4926 switch (skip)
4928 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
4929 reached = 8;
4930 goto out;
4932 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
4933 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4934 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4935 break;
4937 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
4938 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4939 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4940 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4941 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
4943 reached = 9;
4944 goto out;
4946 break;
4948 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
4949 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
4950 break;
4952 default:
4953 abort ();
4956 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
4957 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
4958 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4959 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4960 ++it->vpos;
4961 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4962 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
4963 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
4966 out:
4968 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_to: reached %d\n", reached));
4972 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
4974 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
4975 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
4976 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
4977 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
4978 set to the top of the line moved to. */
4980 void
4981 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
4982 struct it *it;
4983 int dy;
4985 int nlines, h, line_height;
4986 struct it it2;
4987 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4989 xassert (dy >= 0);
4991 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
4992 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
4994 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
4995 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4996 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4998 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
4999 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
5000 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
5001 use reseat_1 here. */
5002 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5004 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
5005 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5007 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
5008 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
5009 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
5010 y-distance. */
5011 it2 = *it;
5012 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
5013 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
5014 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5015 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5016 line_height = it2.max_ascent + it2.max_descent;
5018 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5019 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5020 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
5021 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
5023 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
5024 it->vpos -= nlines;
5025 it->current_y -= h;
5027 if (dy == 0)
5029 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
5030 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
5031 if (nlines > 0)
5032 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
5033 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
5035 else if (nlines)
5037 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
5038 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
5039 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
5041 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
5042 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
5043 if (target_y < it->current_y
5044 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5046 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
5047 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5049 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
5050 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
5052 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
5053 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5059 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
5060 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
5061 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
5063 void
5064 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
5065 struct it *it;
5066 int dy;
5068 if (dy <= 0)
5069 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
5070 else if (dy > 0)
5072 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: from %d, %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it), dy));
5073 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
5074 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
5075 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5077 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
5078 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
5079 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
5080 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
5081 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
5086 /* Move iterator IT past the end of the text line it is in. */
5088 void
5089 move_it_past_eol (it)
5090 struct it *it;
5092 enum move_it_result rc;
5094 rc = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, Z, 0, MOVE_TO_POS);
5095 if (rc == MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR)
5096 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
5100 #if 0 /* Currently not used. */
5102 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
5103 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
5104 property lookup. */
5106 static int
5107 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
5108 struct it *it;
5109 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
5111 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
5112 int invisible_found_p;
5114 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
5116 /* Is text at START invisible? */
5117 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
5118 it->window);
5119 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
5120 invisible_found_p = 1;
5121 else
5123 limit = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
5124 Qinvisible, Qnil,
5125 make_number (end_charpos));
5126 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
5129 return invisible_found_p;
5132 #endif /* 0 */
5135 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
5136 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
5137 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
5138 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
5140 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
5141 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
5142 truncate-lines nil. */
5144 void
5145 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
5146 struct it *it;
5147 int dvpos, need_y_p;
5149 struct position pos;
5151 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
5153 struct text_pos textpos;
5155 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
5156 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
5157 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
5158 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
5159 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
5160 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
5162 else if (dvpos == 0)
5164 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
5165 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
5166 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
5168 else if (dvpos > 0)
5169 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5170 else
5172 struct it it2;
5173 int start_charpos, i;
5175 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
5176 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5177 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
5178 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5179 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5180 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5182 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
5183 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
5184 it2 = *it;
5185 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
5186 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5187 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
5188 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
5189 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5191 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
5192 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
5194 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
5195 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5202 /***********************************************************************
5203 Messages
5204 ***********************************************************************/
5207 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
5208 to *Messages*. */
5210 void
5211 add_to_log (format, arg1, arg2)
5212 char *format;
5213 Lisp_Object arg1, arg2;
5215 Lisp_Object args[3];
5216 Lisp_Object msg, fmt;
5217 char *buffer;
5218 int len;
5219 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5221 fmt = msg = Qnil;
5222 GCPRO4 (fmt, msg, arg1, arg2);
5224 args[0] = fmt = build_string (format);
5225 args[1] = arg1;
5226 args[2] = arg2;
5227 msg = Fformat (3, args);
5229 len = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)) + 1;
5230 buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
5231 strcpy (buffer, XSTRING (msg)->data);
5233 message_dolog (buffer, len - 1, 1, 0);
5234 UNGCPRO;
5238 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
5240 void
5241 message_log_maybe_newline ()
5243 if (message_log_need_newline)
5244 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
5248 /* Add a string M of length NBYTES to the message log, optionally
5249 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
5250 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
5251 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
5252 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
5254 void
5255 message_dolog (m, nbytes, nlflag, multibyte)
5256 char *m;
5257 int nbytes, nlflag, multibyte;
5259 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
5261 struct buffer *oldbuf;
5262 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
5263 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
5264 int point_at_end = 0;
5265 int zv_at_end = 0;
5266 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
5267 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5269 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
5270 oldbuf = current_buffer;
5271 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (Vmessages_buffer_name));
5272 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5274 oldpoint = Fpoint_marker ();
5275 oldbegv = Fpoint_min_marker ();
5276 oldzv = Fpoint_max_marker ();
5277 GCPRO4 (oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv, old_deactivate_mark);
5279 if (PT == Z)
5280 point_at_end = 1;
5281 if (ZV == Z)
5282 zv_at_end = 1;
5284 BEGV = BEG;
5285 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
5286 ZV = Z;
5287 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5288 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5290 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
5291 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
5292 if (multibyte
5293 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5295 int i, c, char_bytes;
5296 unsigned char work[1];
5298 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
5299 for the *Message* buffer. */
5300 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += nbytes)
5302 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, nbytes - i, &char_bytes);
5303 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5305 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5306 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5309 else if (! multibyte
5310 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5312 int i, c, char_bytes;
5313 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
5314 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
5315 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
5316 for the *Message* buffer. */
5317 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
5319 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5320 char_bytes = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
5321 insert_1_both (str, 1, char_bytes, 1, 0, 0);
5324 else if (nbytes)
5325 insert_1 (m, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5327 if (nlflag)
5329 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
5330 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
5332 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5333 this_bol = PT;
5334 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5336 if (this_bol > BEG)
5338 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5339 prev_bol = PT;
5340 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5342 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5343 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
5344 if (dup)
5346 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5347 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
5348 if (dup > 1)
5350 char dupstr[40];
5351 int duplen;
5353 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
5354 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
5355 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
5356 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
5357 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
5358 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
5363 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
5365 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
5366 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
5367 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
5370 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
5371 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
5373 if (zv_at_end)
5375 ZV = Z;
5376 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5378 else
5380 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
5381 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
5384 if (point_at_end)
5385 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5386 else
5387 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
5388 Lisp code. */
5389 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
5390 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
5392 UNGCPRO;
5393 free_marker (oldpoint);
5394 free_marker (oldbegv);
5395 free_marker (oldzv);
5397 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
5398 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
5399 if (NILP (tem))
5400 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
5401 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
5402 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
5407 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
5408 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
5409 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
5410 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
5411 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
5413 static int
5414 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
5415 int prev_bol, this_bol;
5416 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
5418 int i;
5419 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
5420 int seen_dots = 0;
5421 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
5422 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
5424 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5426 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.')
5427 seen_dots = 1;
5428 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
5429 return seen_dots;
5431 p1 += len;
5432 if (*p1 == '\n')
5433 return 2;
5434 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
5436 int n = 0;
5437 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
5438 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
5439 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
5440 return n+1;
5442 return 0;
5446 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5447 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
5448 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show
5449 through.
5451 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5452 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
5453 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
5454 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
5456 void
5457 message2 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5458 char *m;
5459 int nbytes;
5460 int multibyte;
5462 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5463 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5464 if (m)
5465 message_dolog (m, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5466 message2_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5470 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
5472 void
5473 message2_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5474 char *m;
5475 int nbytes;
5477 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5478 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5480 if (noninteractive)
5482 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5483 putc ('\n', stderr);
5484 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5485 if (m)
5486 fwrite (m, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5487 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5488 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5489 fflush (stderr);
5491 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5492 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5493 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5494 else if (INTERACTIVE
5495 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5496 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5498 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5499 struct frame *f;
5501 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5502 that the selected frame is using. */
5503 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5504 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5506 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5507 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5508 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5509 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5511 if (m)
5513 set_message (m, Qnil, nbytes, multibyte);
5514 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5515 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5517 else
5518 clear_message (1, 1);
5520 do_pending_window_change (0);
5521 echo_area_display (1);
5522 do_pending_window_change (0);
5523 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5524 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5529 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5530 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
5531 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
5532 text show through. */
5534 void
5535 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5536 Lisp_Object m;
5537 int nbytes;
5538 int multibyte;
5540 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5542 GCPRO1 (m);
5544 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5545 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5546 if (STRINGP (m))
5547 message_dolog (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5548 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5550 UNGCPRO;
5554 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
5556 void
5557 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5558 Lisp_Object m;
5559 int nbytes, multibyte;
5561 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5562 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5564 if (noninteractive)
5566 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5567 putc ('\n', stderr);
5568 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5569 if (STRINGP (m))
5570 fwrite (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5571 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5572 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5573 fflush (stderr);
5575 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5576 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5577 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5578 else if (INTERACTIVE
5579 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5580 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5582 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5583 Lisp_Object frame;
5584 struct frame *f;
5586 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5587 that the selected frame is using. */
5588 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5589 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
5590 f = XFRAME (frame);
5592 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5593 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5594 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5595 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
5597 if (STRINGP (m) && XSTRING (m)->size)
5599 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
5600 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5601 Fraise_frame (frame);
5603 else
5604 clear_message (1, 1);
5606 do_pending_window_change (0);
5607 echo_area_display (1);
5608 do_pending_window_change (0);
5609 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5610 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5615 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
5616 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5618 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5619 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
5620 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
5621 that was alloca'd. */
5623 void
5624 message1 (m)
5625 char *m;
5627 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5631 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
5633 void
5634 message1_nolog (m)
5635 char *m;
5637 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5640 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
5641 which gets replaced with STRING. */
5643 void
5644 message_with_string (m, string, log)
5645 char *m;
5646 Lisp_Object string;
5647 int log;
5649 if (noninteractive)
5651 if (m)
5653 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5654 putc ('\n', stderr);
5655 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5656 fprintf (stderr, m, XSTRING (string)->data);
5657 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5658 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5659 fflush (stderr);
5662 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5664 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
5665 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
5666 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5667 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5668 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5670 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
5671 that the selected frame is using. */
5672 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5673 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5675 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5676 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5677 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5678 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5680 int len;
5681 char *a[1];
5682 a[0] = (char *) XSTRING (string)->data;
5684 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5685 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5687 if (log)
5688 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5689 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5690 else
5691 message2_nolog (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5692 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5694 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5695 buffer next time. */
5696 message_buf_print = 0;
5702 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
5703 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
5705 /* VARARGS 1 */
5706 void
5707 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
5708 char *m;
5709 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5711 if (noninteractive)
5713 if (m)
5715 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5716 putc ('\n', stderr);
5717 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5718 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
5719 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5720 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5721 fflush (stderr);
5724 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5726 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
5727 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
5728 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5729 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5730 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5732 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5733 that the selected frame is using. */
5734 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5735 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5737 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5738 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5739 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
5740 it. */
5741 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5743 if (m)
5745 int len;
5746 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
5747 char *a[3];
5748 a[0] = (char *) a1;
5749 a[1] = (char *) a2;
5750 a[2] = (char *) a3;
5752 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5753 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5754 #else
5755 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5756 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
5757 (char **) &a1);
5758 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
5760 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
5762 else
5763 message1 (0);
5765 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5766 buffer next time. */
5767 message_buf_print = 0;
5773 /* The non-logging version of message. */
5775 void
5776 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
5777 char *m;
5778 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5780 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
5781 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
5782 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
5783 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
5784 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
5788 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
5789 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
5790 critical. */
5792 void
5793 update_echo_area ()
5795 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5797 Lisp_Object string;
5798 string = Fcurrent_message ();
5799 message3 (string, XSTRING (string)->size,
5800 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
5805 /* Make sure echo area buffers in echo_buffers[] are life. If they
5806 aren't, make new ones. */
5808 static void
5809 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
5811 int i;
5813 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
5814 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
5815 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
5817 char name[30];
5818 Lisp_Object old_buffer;
5819 int j;
5821 old_buffer = echo_buffer[i];
5822 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
5823 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
5824 XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->truncate_lines = Qnil;
5826 for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j)
5827 if (EQ (old_buffer, echo_area_buffer[j]))
5828 echo_area_buffer[j] = echo_buffer[i];
5833 /* Call FN with args A1..A4 with either the current or last displayed
5834 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
5836 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
5837 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
5838 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5840 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
5841 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5843 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
5844 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
5845 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
5847 Value is what FN returns. */
5849 static int
5850 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4)
5851 struct window *w;
5852 int which;
5853 int (*fn) P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
5854 EMACS_INT a1;
5855 Lisp_Object a2;
5856 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
5858 Lisp_Object buffer;
5859 int this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
5860 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
5862 /* If buffers aren't life, make new ones. */
5863 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
5865 clear_buffer_p = 0;
5867 if (which == 0)
5868 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5869 else if (which > 0)
5870 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
5871 else
5873 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5874 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5876 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
5877 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
5878 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
5879 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
5880 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
5883 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
5884 have one. */
5885 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
5887 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
5888 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
5889 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
5890 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
5891 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5894 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
5896 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
5897 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
5899 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
5900 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
5901 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
5902 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
5903 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
5904 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
5905 aborts. */
5906 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5907 if (w)
5909 w->buffer = buffer;
5910 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5913 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5914 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
5915 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
5917 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
5918 del_range (BEG, Z);
5920 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5921 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5923 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4);
5925 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5926 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5928 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
5929 return rc;
5933 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
5934 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
5936 static Lisp_Object
5937 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
5938 struct window *w;
5940 int i = 0;
5941 Lisp_Object vector;
5943 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
5944 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
5945 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
5946 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
5948 if (NILP (vector))
5949 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
5951 XSETBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], current_buffer); ++i;
5952 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Vdeactivate_mark;
5953 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed);
5955 if (w)
5957 XSETWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], w); ++i;
5958 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = w->buffer;
5959 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5960 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
5961 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5962 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos);
5964 else
5966 int end = i + 4;
5967 while (i < end)
5968 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Qnil;
5971 xassert (i == XVECTOR (vector)->size);
5972 return vector;
5976 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
5977 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
5979 static Lisp_Object
5980 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
5981 Lisp_Object vector;
5983 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector, 0)));
5984 Vdeactivate_mark = AREF (vector, 1);
5985 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (AREF (vector, 2));
5987 if (WINDOWP (AREF (vector, 3)))
5989 struct window *w;
5990 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
5992 w = XWINDOW (AREF (vector, 3));
5993 buffer = AREF (vector, 4);
5994 charpos = AREF (vector, 5);
5995 bytepos = AREF (vector, 6);
5997 w->buffer = buffer;
5998 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
5999 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
6002 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
6003 return Qnil;
6007 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
6008 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
6010 void
6011 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
6012 int multibyte_p;
6014 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
6016 if (!message_buf_print)
6018 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
6019 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
6020 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6021 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6022 else
6023 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6025 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
6026 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6028 if (Z > BEG)
6030 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6031 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
6032 del_range (BEG, Z);
6033 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6035 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6037 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
6038 if (multibyte_p
6039 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6040 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
6042 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
6043 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
6045 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6046 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6047 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6048 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6051 message_log_maybe_newline ();
6052 message_buf_print = 1;
6054 else
6056 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6058 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6059 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6060 else
6061 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6064 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6065 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
6066 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6071 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
6072 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
6073 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
6074 display the current message. */
6076 static int
6077 display_echo_area (w)
6078 struct window *w;
6080 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p, count;
6082 /* Temporarily disable garbage collections while displaying the echo
6083 area. This is done because a GC can print a message itself.
6084 That message would modify the echo area buffer's contents while a
6085 redisplay of the buffer is going on, and seriously confuse
6086 redisplay. */
6087 count = inhibit_garbage_collection ();
6089 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
6090 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
6091 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
6092 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
6093 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
6094 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
6096 window_height_changed_p
6097 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
6098 display_echo_area_1,
6099 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6101 if (no_message_p)
6102 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
6104 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6105 return window_height_changed_p;
6109 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
6110 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window,
6111 a pointer to which is passed in A1. A2..A4 are currently not used.
6112 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
6113 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
6115 static int
6116 display_echo_area_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6117 EMACS_INT a1;
6118 Lisp_Object a2;
6119 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6121 struct window *w = (struct window *) a1;
6122 Lisp_Object window;
6123 struct text_pos start;
6124 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6126 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
6127 matrix for the display. */
6128 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w, 0);
6130 /* Display. */
6131 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6132 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
6133 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6134 try_window (window, start);
6136 return window_height_changed_p;
6140 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
6141 currently displayed message, if there is one. */
6143 void
6144 resize_echo_area_axactly ()
6146 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer[0])
6147 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window))
6149 struct window *w = XWINDOW (echo_area_window);
6150 int resized_p;
6152 resized_p = with_echo_area_buffer (w, 0, resize_mini_window_1,
6153 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6154 if (resized_p)
6156 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6157 ++update_mode_lines;
6158 redisplay_internal (0);
6164 /* Callback function for with_echo_area_buffer, when used from
6165 resize_echo_area_axactly. A1 contains a pointer to the window to
6166 resize, A2 to A4 are not used. Value is what resize_mini_window
6167 returns. */
6169 static int
6170 resize_mini_window_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6171 EMACS_INT a1;
6172 Lisp_Object a2;
6173 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6175 return resize_mini_window ((struct window *) a1, 1);
6179 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
6180 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
6181 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
6182 the window height has been changed. */
6185 resize_mini_window (w, exact_p)
6186 struct window *w;
6187 int exact_p;
6189 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6190 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6192 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
6194 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
6195 if (NILP (Vresize_mini_windows)
6196 || (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.x == NULL))
6197 return 0;
6199 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
6201 struct it it;
6202 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6203 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
6204 int height, max_height;
6205 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6206 struct text_pos start;
6207 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = NULL;
6209 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6211 old_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6212 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6215 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6217 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
6218 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6219 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * total_height;
6220 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6221 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
6222 else
6223 max_height = total_height / 4;
6225 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
6226 max_height = max (1, max_height);
6227 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
6229 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
6230 if (it.truncate_lines_p)
6231 height = 1;
6232 else
6234 last_height = 0;
6235 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6236 if (it.max_ascent == 0 && it.max_descent == 0)
6237 height = it.current_y + last_height;
6238 else
6239 height = it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
6240 height -= it.extra_line_spacing;
6241 height = (height + unit - 1) / unit;
6244 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
6245 if (height > max_height)
6247 height = max_height;
6248 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6249 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
6250 start = it.current.pos;
6252 else
6253 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6254 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
6256 if (EQ (Vresize_mini_windows, Qgrow_only))
6258 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
6259 case the window shrinks again. */
6260 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6262 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6263 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6264 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6265 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6267 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height)
6268 && (exact_p || BEGV == ZV))
6270 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6271 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6272 shrink_mini_window (w);
6273 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6276 else
6278 /* Always resize to exact size needed. */
6279 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6281 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6282 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6283 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6284 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6286 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height))
6288 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6289 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6290 shrink_mini_window (w);
6292 if (height)
6294 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6295 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6298 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6302 if (old_current_buffer)
6303 set_buffer_internal (old_current_buffer);
6306 return window_height_changed_p;
6310 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
6311 current message. */
6313 Lisp_Object
6314 current_message ()
6316 Lisp_Object msg;
6318 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6319 msg = Qnil;
6320 else
6322 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, current_message_1,
6323 (EMACS_INT) &msg, Qnil, 0, 0);
6324 if (NILP (msg))
6325 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6328 return msg;
6332 static int
6333 current_message_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6334 EMACS_INT a1;
6335 Lisp_Object a2;
6336 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6338 Lisp_Object *msg = (Lisp_Object *) a1;
6340 if (Z > BEG)
6341 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
6342 else
6343 *msg = Qnil;
6344 return 0;
6348 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
6349 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
6350 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
6351 worth optimizing. */
6354 push_message ()
6356 Lisp_Object msg;
6357 msg = current_message ();
6358 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
6359 return STRINGP (msg);
6363 /* Handler for record_unwind_protect calling pop_message. */
6365 Lisp_Object
6366 push_message_unwind (dummy)
6367 Lisp_Object dummy;
6369 pop_message ();
6370 return Qnil;
6374 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
6376 void
6377 restore_message ()
6379 Lisp_Object msg;
6381 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6382 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
6383 if (STRINGP (msg))
6384 message3_nolog (msg, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
6385 else
6386 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
6390 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
6392 void
6393 pop_message ()
6395 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6396 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
6400 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
6401 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
6402 somewhere. */
6404 void
6405 check_message_stack ()
6407 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
6408 abort ();
6412 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
6413 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
6415 void
6416 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
6417 int nchars;
6419 if (nchars == 0)
6420 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6421 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6422 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6423 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6424 else if (!noninteractive
6425 && INTERACTIVE
6426 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6428 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6429 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
6430 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, truncate_message_1, nchars, Qnil, 0, 0);
6435 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
6436 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
6438 static int
6439 truncate_message_1 (nchars, a2, a3, a4)
6440 EMACS_INT nchars;
6441 Lisp_Object a2;
6442 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6444 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
6445 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
6446 if (Z == BEG)
6447 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6448 return 0;
6452 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
6454 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
6455 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
6456 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
6458 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
6459 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
6460 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
6462 void
6463 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6464 char *s;
6465 Lisp_Object string;
6466 int nbytes;
6468 message_enable_multibyte
6469 = ((s && multibyte_p)
6470 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
6472 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, set_message_1,
6473 (EMACS_INT) s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
6474 message_buf_print = 0;
6475 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
6479 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
6480 as there, with A1 corresponding to S and A2 corresponding to STRING
6481 This function is called with the echo area buffer being
6482 current. */
6484 static int
6485 set_message_1 (a1, a2, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6486 EMACS_INT a1;
6487 Lisp_Object a2;
6488 EMACS_INT nbytes, multibyte_p;
6490 char *s = (char *) a1;
6491 Lisp_Object string = a2;
6493 xassert (BEG == Z);
6495 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
6496 if (message_enable_multibyte
6497 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6498 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
6500 current_buffer->truncate_lines = message_truncate_lines ? Qt : Qnil;
6502 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
6503 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6505 if (STRINGP (string))
6507 int nchars;
6509 if (nbytes == 0)
6510 nbytes = XSTRING (string)->size_byte;
6511 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
6513 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
6514 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
6515 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
6516 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
6518 else if (s)
6520 if (nbytes == 0)
6521 nbytes = strlen (s);
6523 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6525 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
6526 int i, c, n;
6527 unsigned char work[1];
6529 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
6530 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
6532 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
6533 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
6535 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
6536 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
6539 else if (!multibyte_p
6540 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6542 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
6543 int i, c, n;
6544 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
6545 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
6547 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
6548 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
6550 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
6551 n = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
6552 insert_1_both (str, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
6555 else
6556 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
6559 return 0;
6563 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
6564 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
6565 last displayed. */
6567 void
6568 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
6569 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
6571 if (current_p)
6572 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6574 if (last_displayed_p)
6575 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
6577 message_buf_print = 0;
6580 /* Clear garbaged frames.
6582 This function is used where the old redisplay called
6583 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
6584 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
6585 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
6586 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
6587 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
6589 static void
6590 clear_garbaged_frames ()
6592 if (frame_garbaged)
6594 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6596 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6598 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6600 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
6602 clear_current_matrices (f);
6603 f->garbaged = 0;
6607 frame_garbaged = 0;
6608 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6613 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
6614 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
6615 mini-windows height has been changed. */
6617 static int
6618 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
6619 int update_frame_p;
6621 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6622 struct window *w;
6623 struct frame *f;
6624 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6625 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6627 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6628 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
6629 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
6631 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
6632 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6633 return 0;
6635 /* The terminal frame is used as the first Emacs frame on the Mac OS. */
6636 #ifndef macintosh
6637 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6638 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
6639 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
6640 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
6641 if (EQ (selected_frame, Vterminal_frame)
6642 && !NILP (Vwindow_system))
6643 return 0;
6644 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6645 #endif
6647 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
6648 if (frame_garbaged)
6649 clear_garbaged_frames ();
6651 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
6653 echo_area_window = mini_window;
6654 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
6655 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6657 /* Update the display, unless called from redisplay_internal.
6658 Also don't update the screen during redisplay itself. The
6659 update will happen at the end of redisplay, and an update
6660 here could cause confusion. */
6661 if (update_frame_p && !redisplaying_p)
6663 int n = 0;
6665 /* If the display update has been interrupted by pending
6666 input, update mode lines in the frame. Due to the
6667 pending input, it might have been that redisplay hasn't
6668 been called, so that mode lines above the echo area are
6669 garbaged. This looks odd, so we prevent it here. */
6670 if (!display_completed)
6671 n = redisplay_mode_lines (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0);
6673 if (window_height_changed_p
6674 /* Don't do this if Emacs is shutting down. Redisplay
6675 needs to run hooks. */
6676 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks))
6678 /* Must update other windows. Likewise as in other
6679 cases, don't let this update be interrupted by
6680 pending input. */
6681 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6682 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt);
6683 windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
6684 redisplay_internal (0);
6685 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6687 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && n == 0)
6689 /* Window configuration is the same as before.
6690 Can do with a display update of the echo area,
6691 unless we displayed some mode lines. */
6692 update_single_window (w, 1);
6693 rif->flush_display (f);
6695 else
6696 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
6698 /* If cursor is in the echo area, make sure that the next
6699 redisplay displays the minibuffer, so that the cursor will
6700 be replaced with what the minibuffer wants. */
6701 if (cursor_in_echo_area)
6702 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6705 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6706 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
6708 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
6709 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
6711 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
6712 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
6713 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
6714 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6715 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
6717 return window_height_changed_p;
6722 /***********************************************************************
6723 Frame Titles
6724 ***********************************************************************/
6727 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6729 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
6730 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
6732 static char *frame_title_buf;
6734 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
6736 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
6737 static char *frame_title_ptr;
6740 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
6741 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
6743 static void
6744 store_frame_title_char (c)
6745 char c;
6747 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
6748 double the buffer's size. */
6749 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
6751 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
6752 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
6753 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
6754 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
6755 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
6758 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
6762 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
6763 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy
6764 characters that yield more columns than PRECISION; PRECISION <= 0
6765 means copy the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
6766 number of characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't
6767 pad. Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a
6768 frame title. */
6770 static int
6771 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
6772 unsigned char *str;
6773 int field_width, precision;
6775 int n = 0;
6776 int dummy, nbytes, width;
6778 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
6779 nbytes = strlen (str);
6780 n+= c_string_width (str, nbytes, precision, &dummy, &nbytes);
6781 while (nbytes--)
6782 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
6784 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
6785 while (field_width > 0
6786 && n < field_width)
6788 store_frame_title_char (' ');
6789 ++n;
6792 return n;
6796 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
6797 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
6798 frame_title_format. */
6800 static void
6801 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
6802 Lisp_Object frame;
6804 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6806 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6807 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
6808 || f->explicit_name)
6810 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
6811 Lisp_Object tail;
6812 Lisp_Object fmt;
6813 struct buffer *obuf;
6814 int len;
6815 struct it it;
6817 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
6819 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
6821 if (tf != f
6822 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
6823 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
6824 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
6825 break;
6828 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
6829 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
6831 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
6832 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
6833 then display the title. */
6834 obuf = current_buffer;
6835 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer);
6836 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
6837 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
6838 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
6839 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6840 display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt);
6841 len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
6842 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
6843 set_buffer_internal (obuf);
6845 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
6846 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
6847 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
6848 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
6849 higher level than this.) */
6850 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
6851 || STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (f->name)) != len
6852 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, XSTRING (f->name)->data, len) != 0)
6853 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
6857 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6859 #define frame_title_ptr ((char *)0)
6860 #define store_frame_title(str, mincol, maxcol) 0
6862 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6867 /***********************************************************************
6868 Menu Bars
6869 ***********************************************************************/
6872 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
6873 appropriate. This can call eval. */
6875 void
6876 prepare_menu_bars ()
6878 int all_windows;
6879 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6880 struct frame *f;
6881 Lisp_Object tooltip_frame;
6883 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
6884 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
6885 #else
6886 tooltip_frame = Qnil;
6887 #endif
6889 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
6890 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
6891 up-to-date frame titles. */
6892 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6893 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
6895 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6897 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6899 f = XFRAME (frame);
6900 if (!EQ (frame, tooltip_frame)
6901 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
6902 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
6905 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6907 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
6908 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
6909 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
6910 || buffer_shared > 1
6911 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
6912 if (all_windows)
6914 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6915 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6917 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6919 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6921 f = XFRAME (frame);
6923 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
6924 if (EQ (frame, tooltip_frame))
6925 continue;
6927 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
6928 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
6929 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
6931 Lisp_Object functions;
6933 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
6934 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
6935 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
6936 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
6938 while (CONSP (functions))
6940 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
6941 functions = XCDR (functions);
6943 UNGCPRO;
6946 GCPRO1 (tail);
6947 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
6948 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6949 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
6950 #endif
6951 UNGCPRO;
6954 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6956 else
6958 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6959 update_menu_bar (sf, 1);
6960 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6961 update_tool_bar (sf, 1);
6962 #endif
6965 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
6966 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
6967 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6968 pending_menu_activation = 0;
6969 #endif
6973 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6974 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
6975 eval.
6977 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
6979 static void
6980 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
6981 struct frame *f;
6982 int save_match_data;
6984 Lisp_Object window;
6985 register struct window *w;
6987 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6988 w = XWINDOW (window);
6990 if (update_mode_lines)
6991 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6993 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6995 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
6996 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
6997 #else
6998 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
6999 #endif
7000 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
7002 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7003 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7004 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7005 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7006 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7007 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7008 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7009 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7010 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7011 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7012 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7013 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7014 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7015 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7016 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7018 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7019 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7021 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7022 if (save_match_data)
7023 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7024 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7026 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7027 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7030 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
7031 call1 (Vrun_hooks, Qactivate_menubar_hook);
7033 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
7034 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
7035 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
7036 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
7038 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
7039 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
7041 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
7042 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
7043 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7044 #if defined (macintosh)
7045 /* All frames on Mac OS share the same menubar. So only the
7046 selected frame should be allowed to set it. */
7047 && f == SELECTED_FRAME ()
7048 #endif
7050 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
7051 else
7052 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7053 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7054 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7055 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7056 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7057 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7058 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7059 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7061 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7062 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7069 /***********************************************************************
7070 Tool-bars
7071 ***********************************************************************/
7073 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7075 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7076 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
7077 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
7078 and restore it here. */
7080 static void
7081 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
7082 struct frame *f;
7083 int save_match_data;
7085 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7086 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
7088 Lisp_Object window;
7089 struct window *w;
7091 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7092 w = XWINDOW (window);
7094 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7095 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7096 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7097 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7098 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7099 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7100 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7101 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7102 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7103 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7104 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7105 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7106 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7107 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7108 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7110 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7111 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7113 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
7114 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
7115 keymaps. */
7116 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7118 /* Save match data, if we must. */
7119 if (save_match_data)
7120 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7122 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
7123 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7125 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7126 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7129 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
7130 f->tool_bar_items
7131 = tool_bar_items (f->tool_bar_items, &f->n_tool_bar_items);
7133 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
7134 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7136 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7137 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7143 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
7144 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->tool_bar_items must have
7145 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
7147 static void
7148 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
7149 struct frame *f;
7151 int i, size, size_needed;
7152 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
7153 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
7155 image = plist = props = Qnil;
7156 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
7158 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
7159 Otherwise, make a new string. */
7161 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
7162 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
7163 ? XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size
7164 : 0);
7166 /* We need one space in the string for each image. */
7167 size_needed = f->n_tool_bar_items;
7169 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
7170 if (size < size_needed || NILP (f->desired_tool_bar_string))
7171 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed),
7172 make_number (' '));
7173 else
7175 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
7176 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
7177 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7180 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
7181 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
7182 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
7183 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i)
7185 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX))
7187 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
7188 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
7189 int hmargin, vmargin, relief, idx, end;
7190 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCconversion, Qimage;
7191 extern Lisp_Object Qlaplace;
7193 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
7194 button state. */
7195 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
7196 if (VECTORP (image))
7198 if (enabled_p)
7199 idx = (selected_p
7200 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
7201 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
7202 else
7203 idx = (selected_p
7204 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
7205 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
7207 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx);
7208 image = AREF (image, idx);
7210 else
7211 idx = -1;
7213 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
7214 if (!valid_image_p (image))
7215 continue;
7217 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
7218 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
7220 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
7221 relief = (tool_bar_button_relief > 0
7222 ? tool_bar_button_relief
7223 : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF);
7224 hmargin = vmargin = relief;
7226 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin)
7227 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin) > 0)
7229 hmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7230 vmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7232 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7234 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7235 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7236 hmargin += XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7238 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7239 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7240 vmargin += XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7243 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
7245 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
7246 selected. */
7247 if (selected_p)
7249 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
7250 hmargin -= relief;
7251 vmargin -= relief;
7254 else
7256 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
7257 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
7258 raised relief. */
7259 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
7260 (selected_p
7261 ? make_number (-relief)
7262 : make_number (relief)));
7263 hmargin -= relief;
7264 vmargin -= relief;
7267 /* Put a margin around the image. */
7268 if (hmargin || vmargin)
7270 if (hmargin == vmargin)
7271 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (hmargin));
7272 else
7273 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin,
7274 Fcons (make_number (hmargin),
7275 make_number (vmargin)));
7278 /* If button is not enabled, and we don't have special images
7279 for the disabled state, make the image appear disabled by
7280 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
7281 if (!enabled_p && idx < 0)
7282 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCconversion, Qdisabled);
7284 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
7285 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
7286 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
7287 vector. */
7288 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
7289 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
7290 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS));
7292 /* Let the last image hide all remaining spaces in the tool bar
7293 string. The string can be longer than needed when we reuse a
7294 previous string. */
7295 if (i + 1 == f->n_tool_bar_items)
7296 end = XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size;
7297 else
7298 end = i + 1;
7299 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (i), make_number (end),
7300 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7301 #undef PROP
7304 UNGCPRO;
7308 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
7310 static void
7311 display_tool_bar_line (it)
7312 struct it *it;
7314 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
7315 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
7316 struct glyph *last;
7318 prepare_desired_row (row);
7319 row->y = it->current_y;
7321 /* Note that this isn't made use of if the face hasn't a box,
7322 so there's no need to check the face here. */
7323 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
7325 while (it->current_x < max_x)
7327 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
7329 /* Get the next display element. */
7330 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
7331 break;
7333 /* Produce glyphs. */
7334 x_before = it->current_x;
7335 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7336 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
7338 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
7339 i = 0;
7340 x = x_before;
7341 while (i < nglyphs)
7343 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
7345 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
7347 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
7348 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
7349 it->current_x = x;
7350 goto out;
7353 ++it->hpos;
7354 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7355 ++i;
7358 /* Stop at line ends. */
7359 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
7360 break;
7362 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
7365 out:;
7367 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
7368 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
7369 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
7370 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
7371 if (last == row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA])
7372 last->left_box_line_p = 1;
7373 compute_line_metrics (it);
7375 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
7376 if (!row->displays_text_p)
7378 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
7379 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
7382 row->full_width_p = 1;
7383 row->continued_p = 0;
7384 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
7385 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
7387 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
7388 it->current_y += row->height;
7389 ++it->vpos;
7390 ++it->glyph_row;
7394 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
7395 items of frame F visible. */
7397 static int
7398 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
7399 struct frame *f;
7401 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7402 struct it it;
7404 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
7405 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
7406 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7407 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7408 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7409 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7411 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
7413 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
7414 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
7415 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7418 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7422 DEFUN ("tool-bar-lines-needed", Ftool_bar_lines_needed, Stool_bar_lines_needed,
7423 0, 1, 0,
7424 "Return the number of lines occupied by the tool bar of FRAME.")
7425 (frame)
7426 Lisp_Object frame;
7428 struct frame *f;
7429 struct window *w;
7430 int nlines = 0;
7432 if (NILP (frame))
7433 frame = selected_frame;
7434 else
7435 CHECK_FRAME (frame, 0);
7436 f = XFRAME (frame);
7438 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7439 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7440 XFASTINT (w->height) > 0))
7442 update_tool_bar (f, 1);
7443 if (f->n_tool_bar_items)
7445 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7446 nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f);
7450 return make_number (nlines);
7454 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
7455 height should be changed. */
7457 static int
7458 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
7459 struct frame *f;
7461 struct window *w;
7462 struct it it;
7463 struct glyph_row *row;
7464 int change_height_p = 0;
7466 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
7467 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
7468 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
7469 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
7470 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7471 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7472 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
7473 return 0;
7475 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
7476 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7477 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7478 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7479 row = it.glyph_row;
7481 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
7482 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7483 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7485 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
7486 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7487 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7489 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
7490 window, so don't do it. */
7491 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7492 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7494 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
7496 int nlines;
7498 /* If we couldn't display everything, change the tool-bar's
7499 height. */
7500 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (it) < it.end_charpos)
7501 change_height_p = 1;
7503 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
7504 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
7505 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
7506 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
7507 if (!row->displays_text_p
7508 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
7509 change_height_p = 1;
7511 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
7512 change the tool-bar's height. */
7513 if (row->displays_text_p
7514 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
7515 change_height_p = 1;
7517 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
7518 frame parameter. */
7519 if (change_height_p
7520 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
7521 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
7523 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
7524 Lisp_Object frame;
7525 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
7527 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7528 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
7529 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
7530 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
7531 make_number (nlines)),
7532 Qnil));
7533 if (XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height)
7534 fonts_changed_p = 1;
7538 return change_height_p;
7542 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
7543 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
7544 properties start in F->tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
7545 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
7548 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
7549 struct frame *f;
7550 struct glyph *glyph;
7551 int *prop_idx;
7553 Lisp_Object prop;
7554 int success_p;
7556 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
7557 property is the start index of this item's properties in
7558 F->tool_bar_items. */
7559 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
7560 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
7561 if (INTEGERP (prop))
7563 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
7564 success_p = 1;
7566 else
7567 success_p = 0;
7569 return success_p;
7572 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7576 /************************************************************************
7577 Horizontal scrolling
7578 ************************************************************************/
7580 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7581 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7583 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
7584 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
7585 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
7586 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
7587 changed. */
7589 static int
7590 hscroll_window_tree (window)
7591 Lisp_Object window;
7593 int hscrolled_p = 0;
7595 while (WINDOWP (window))
7597 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7599 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
7600 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
7601 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
7602 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
7603 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
7605 int hscroll_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
7606 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
7607 struct glyph_row *current_cursor_row
7608 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7609 struct glyph_row *desired_cursor_row
7610 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7611 struct glyph_row *cursor_row
7612 = (desired_cursor_row->enabled_p
7613 ? desired_cursor_row
7614 : current_cursor_row);
7616 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
7617 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
7619 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
7620 hscroll_margin = 5 * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
7622 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
7623 && w->cursor.x < hscroll_margin)
7624 || (cursor_row->enabled_p
7625 && cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
7626 && (w->cursor.x > text_area_width - hscroll_margin)))
7628 struct it it;
7629 int hscroll;
7630 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
7631 int pt;
7633 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
7634 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
7635 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7637 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7638 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7639 else
7641 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7642 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
7643 pt = min (ZV, pt);
7646 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
7647 a line with infinite width. */
7648 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
7649 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
7650 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
7651 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
7653 /* Center cursor in window. */
7654 hscroll = (max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
7655 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f));
7656 hscroll = max (hscroll, XFASTINT (w->min_hscroll));
7658 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
7659 changed because it will prevent redisplay
7660 optimizations. */
7661 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
7663 XBUFFER (w->buffer)->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 1;
7664 w->hscroll = make_number (hscroll);
7665 hscrolled_p = 1;
7670 window = w->next;
7673 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
7674 return hscrolled_p;
7678 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
7679 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
7680 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
7681 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
7682 of WINDOW are cleared. */
7684 static int
7685 hscroll_windows (window)
7686 Lisp_Object window;
7688 int hscrolled_p;
7690 if (automatic_hscrolling_p)
7692 hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
7693 if (hscrolled_p)
7694 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
7696 else
7697 hscrolled_p = 0;
7698 return hscrolled_p;
7703 /************************************************************************
7704 Redisplay
7705 ************************************************************************/
7707 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
7708 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
7709 session. */
7711 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7713 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
7715 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
7716 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
7718 /* Delta vpos and y. */
7720 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
7722 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
7724 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
7726 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
7727 try_window_id. */
7729 int debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
7731 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
7732 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
7733 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
7734 resulting string to stderr. */
7736 static void
7737 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
7738 struct window *w;
7739 char *fmt;
7740 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
7742 char buffer[512];
7743 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
7744 int len = strlen (method);
7745 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
7746 int remaining = size - len - 1;
7748 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
7749 if (len && remaining)
7751 method[len] = '|';
7752 --remaining, ++len;
7755 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
7757 if (trace_redisplay_p)
7758 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
7760 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
7761 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
7762 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data
7763 : "no buffer"),
7764 buffer);
7767 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
7770 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
7771 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
7772 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
7773 cleared. */
7775 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 10000
7776 static int clear_face_cache_count;
7778 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
7780 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
7782 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
7784 int redisplaying_p;
7787 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
7788 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
7789 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
7790 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
7792 static INLINE int
7793 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
7794 struct window *w;
7795 int start, end;
7797 int unchanged_p = 1;
7799 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
7800 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7801 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7803 /* Gap in the line? */
7804 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
7805 unchanged_p = 0;
7807 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
7808 if (unchanged_p
7809 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
7810 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
7811 unchanged_p = 0;
7813 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
7814 beginning of the line. */
7815 if (unchanged_p
7816 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
7817 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
7818 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
7819 unchanged_p = 0;
7822 return unchanged_p;
7826 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
7827 the main external entry point for redisplay.
7829 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
7830 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
7831 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
7833 void
7834 redisplay ()
7836 redisplay_internal (0);
7839 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
7840 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
7841 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
7844 check_point_in_composition (prev_buf, prev_pt, buf, pt)
7845 struct buffer *prev_buf, *buf;
7846 int prev_pt, pt;
7848 int start, end;
7849 Lisp_Object prop;
7850 Lisp_Object buffer;
7852 XSETBUFFER (buffer, buf);
7853 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
7854 same buffer. */
7855 if (prev_buf == buf)
7857 if (prev_pt == pt)
7858 /* Point didn't move. */
7859 return 0;
7861 if (prev_pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && prev_pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7862 && find_composition (prev_pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7863 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7864 && start < prev_pt && end > prev_pt)
7865 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
7866 point moved out of the composition. */
7867 return (pt <= start || pt >= end);
7870 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
7871 return (pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7872 && find_composition (pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7873 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7874 && start < pt && end > pt);
7877 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
7878 in window W. */
7880 static INLINE void
7881 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
7882 struct window *w;
7883 struct buffer *b;
7885 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
7886 b->clip_changed = 1;
7887 else if (b->clip_changed
7888 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
7889 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
7890 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
7891 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
7892 b->clip_changed = 0;
7894 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
7895 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
7896 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
7897 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
7898 check. */
7899 if (!b->clip_changed
7900 && BUFFERP (w->buffer) && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
7902 int pt;
7904 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7905 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7906 else
7907 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7909 if ((w->current_matrix->buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer)
7910 || pt != XINT (w->last_point))
7911 && check_point_in_composition (w->current_matrix->buffer,
7912 XINT (w->last_point),
7913 XBUFFER (w->buffer), pt))
7914 b->clip_changed = 1;
7919 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
7920 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
7921 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
7922 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
7923 causes some problems. */
7925 static void
7926 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
7927 int preserve_echo_area;
7929 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
7930 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
7931 int pause;
7932 int must_finish = 0;
7933 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
7934 int number_of_visible_frames;
7935 int count;
7936 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7938 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
7939 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
7940 int consider_all_windows_p;
7942 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
7944 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
7945 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
7946 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
7947 if (noninteractive
7948 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
7949 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
7950 return;
7952 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
7953 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
7954 update necessary. */
7955 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
7957 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
7958 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
7959 return;
7962 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7963 if (popup_activated ())
7964 return;
7965 #endif
7967 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
7968 if (redisplaying_p)
7969 return;
7971 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
7972 when we leave this function. */
7973 count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7974 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
7975 ++redisplaying_p;
7977 retry:
7978 pause = 0;
7979 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
7981 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
7982 necessary, do it. */
7983 if (fonts_changed_p)
7985 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
7986 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7987 fonts_changed_p = 0;
7990 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf)
7991 && previous_terminal_frame != sf)
7993 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
7994 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
7995 thing. */
7996 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7997 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf);
7998 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, sf);
8000 previous_terminal_frame = sf;
8002 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
8003 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
8004 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
8005 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
8007 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8009 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
8011 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8013 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8015 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
8016 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
8017 ++number_of_visible_frames;
8018 clear_desired_matrices (f);
8022 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
8023 do_pending_window_change (1);
8025 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
8026 if (frame_garbaged)
8027 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8029 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
8030 prepare_menu_bars ();
8032 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
8033 update_mode_lines++;
8035 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
8036 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
8038 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8039 if (buffer_shared > 1)
8040 update_mode_lines++;
8043 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
8044 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8045 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
8046 where no change is needed. */
8047 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8048 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8049 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8050 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
8051 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8053 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
8055 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
8056 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
8057 there. */
8058 consider_all_windows_p = update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1;
8060 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
8061 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
8062 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
8063 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
8064 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
8066 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
8067 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
8068 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
8069 again here. Checking both message buffers captures the case that
8070 the echo area should be cleared. */
8071 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8073 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
8074 must_finish = 1;
8076 if (fonts_changed_p)
8077 goto retry;
8078 else if (window_height_changed_p)
8080 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8081 ++update_mode_lines;
8082 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8084 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8085 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8086 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8087 if (frame_garbaged)
8088 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8091 else if (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window)
8092 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
8093 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8094 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8095 && resize_mini_window (w, 0))
8097 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
8098 showing if its contents might have changed. */
8099 must_finish = 1;
8100 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8101 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8102 ++update_mode_lines;
8104 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8105 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8106 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8107 if (frame_garbaged)
8108 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8112 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
8113 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
8114 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
8115 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8116 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
8117 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
8118 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
8119 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
8120 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
8121 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8123 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
8124 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
8125 set in display_line and record information about the line
8126 containing the cursor. */
8127 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
8128 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
8129 if (!consider_all_windows_p
8130 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
8131 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8132 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8133 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8134 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8135 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
8136 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
8137 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
8138 && NILP (w->force_start)
8139 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
8140 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
8141 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8142 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
8143 must be unchanged */
8144 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
8145 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
8147 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
8148 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
8149 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
8150 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
8151 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
8152 goto cancel;
8153 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8154 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
8155 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8157 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
8158 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
8159 line 885).
8161 For instance, in the following case:
8163 -------- Insert --------
8164 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
8165 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
8166 ^^ ^^
8167 -------- --------
8169 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
8171 struct it it;
8172 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
8174 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
8175 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
8176 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
8178 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
8179 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
8180 goto cancel;
8182 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
8183 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
8184 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
8185 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8186 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8187 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
8188 display_line (&it);
8190 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
8191 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
8192 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
8193 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
8194 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
8195 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8196 /* Line ends as before. */
8197 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8198 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
8199 would have to be shifted up or down. */
8200 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
8202 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
8203 the charstarts of the lines below. */
8204 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
8206 struct glyph_row *row
8207 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
8208 int delta, delta_bytes;
8210 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
8212 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
8213 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
8214 delta = (Z
8215 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8216 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8217 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8218 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8219 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8221 else
8223 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
8224 account of the newline and the rest of the
8225 text that follows. */
8226 delta = (Z
8227 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8228 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8229 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8230 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8231 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8234 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
8235 this_line_vpos + 1,
8236 w->current_matrix->nrows,
8237 delta, delta_bytes);
8240 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
8241 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
8242 adjusted. */
8243 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
8245 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
8246 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
8248 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
8249 && this_line_vpos > 0)
8250 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
8251 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8253 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
8254 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
8256 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8257 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8258 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
8259 #endif
8260 goto update;
8262 else
8263 goto cancel;
8265 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
8266 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8267 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
8268 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
8269 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
8270 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
8272 if (!must_finish)
8274 do_pending_window_change (1);
8276 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
8277 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
8278 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
8279 goto end_of_redisplay;
8281 goto update;
8283 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
8284 then we can't just move the cursor. */
8285 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8286 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8287 && (EQ (selected_window, current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8288 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8289 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8290 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8291 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
8293 struct it it;
8294 struct glyph_row *row;
8296 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
8297 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
8298 next visible position. */
8299 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
8300 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8301 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
8302 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8303 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8305 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
8306 moves over before-strings. */
8307 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
8309 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
8310 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
8311 row->enabled_p))
8313 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
8314 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
8315 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8316 goto update;
8318 else
8319 goto cancel;
8322 cancel:
8323 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
8324 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
8327 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8328 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
8329 ++clear_face_cache_count;
8332 /* Build desired matrices, and update the display. If
8333 consider_all_windows_p is non-zero, do it for all windows on all
8334 frames. Otherwise do it for selected_window, only. */
8336 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8338 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8340 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
8341 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
8343 clear_face_cache (0);
8344 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
8347 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
8348 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
8349 buffer_shared = 0;
8351 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8353 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8355 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
8357 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
8358 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
8359 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
8360 condemn_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8362 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8363 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
8365 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
8366 nuked should now go away. */
8367 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
8368 judge_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8370 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8371 if (fonts_changed_p)
8372 goto retry;
8374 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8376 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
8377 if (hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
8378 goto retry;
8380 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display
8381 update. stdio is not robust about handling
8382 signals, which can cause an apparent I/O
8383 error. */
8384 if (interrupt_input)
8385 unrequest_sigio ();
8386 stop_polling ();
8388 /* Update the display. */
8389 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
8390 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
8391 if (pause)
8392 break;
8394 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
8395 if (frame_up_to_date_hook)
8396 frame_up_to_date_hook (f);
8401 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8403 Lisp_Object mini_window;
8404 struct frame *mini_frame;
8406 redisplay_window (selected_window, 1);
8408 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
8409 update:
8411 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8412 if (fonts_changed_p)
8413 goto retry;
8415 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
8416 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
8417 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
8418 if (interrupt_input)
8419 unrequest_sigio ();
8420 stop_polling ();
8422 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8424 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window))
8425 goto retry;
8427 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8428 pause = update_frame (sf, 0, 0);
8431 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
8432 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
8433 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
8434 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
8435 it here. */
8436 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
8437 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
8439 if (mini_frame != sf && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
8441 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8442 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
8443 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
8444 goto retry;
8448 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
8449 thorough update the next time. */
8450 if (pause)
8452 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
8453 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
8454 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
8455 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8457 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
8458 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
8460 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8461 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8464 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
8465 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
8466 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
8467 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
8468 update_mode_lines = 1;
8471 /* Now text on frame agrees with windows, so put info into the
8472 windows for partial redisplay to follow. */
8473 if (!pause)
8475 register struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8477 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
8478 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
8479 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
8480 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
8482 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8483 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (sf), 1);
8484 else
8486 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, BUF_PT (b));
8487 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8488 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8490 b->clip_changed = 0;
8491 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8492 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8493 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, BUF_MODIFF (b));
8494 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b));
8495 w->last_had_star
8496 = (BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8497 ? Qt : Qnil);
8499 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8500 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8501 w->region_showing = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8502 && (EQ (selected_window,
8503 current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8504 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8505 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active)
8506 ? Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark)
8507 : Qnil);
8509 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8510 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8511 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8512 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
8513 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (sf);
8515 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8516 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8517 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8520 update_mode_lines = 0;
8521 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
8524 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
8525 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
8526 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
8527 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
8528 if (interrupt_input)
8529 request_sigio ();
8530 start_polling ();
8532 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
8533 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
8534 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
8535 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
8536 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
8537 frames here explicitly. */
8538 if (!pause)
8540 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8541 int new_count = 0;
8543 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8545 int this_is_visible = 0;
8547 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8548 this_is_visible = 1;
8549 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
8550 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8551 this_is_visible = 1;
8553 if (this_is_visible)
8554 new_count++;
8557 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
8558 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
8561 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
8562 do_pending_window_change (1);
8564 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
8565 visible frames, redisplay again. */
8566 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
8567 goto retry;
8569 end_of_redisplay:;
8571 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
8575 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
8576 another message has been requested in its place.
8578 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
8579 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
8580 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
8581 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations.
8583 FROM_WHERE is an integer saying from where this function was
8584 called. This is useful for debugging. */
8586 void
8587 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (from_where)
8588 int from_where;
8590 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_preserve_echo_area (%d)\n", from_where));
8592 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8594 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
8595 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
8596 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
8597 redisplay_internal (1);
8598 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
8600 else
8601 redisplay_internal (1);
8605 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
8606 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
8607 in progress. */
8609 static Lisp_Object
8610 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
8611 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
8613 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
8614 return Qnil;
8618 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
8619 accurate or inaccurate. If FLAG is non-zero mark display of WINDOW
8620 as accurate. If FLAG is zero arrange for WINDOW to be redisplayed
8621 the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
8623 void
8624 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
8625 Lisp_Object window;
8626 int accurate_p;
8628 struct window *w;
8630 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
8632 w = XWINDOW (window);
8634 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
8636 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8638 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified,
8639 accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8640 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified,
8641 accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8642 w->last_had_star = (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b)
8643 ? Qt : Qnil);
8645 #if 0 /* I don't think this is necessary because display_line does it.
8646 Let's check it. */
8647 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8648 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8649 w->region_showing
8650 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8651 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8652 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8653 && (!NILP (b->mark_active)
8654 ? Fmarker_position (b->mark)
8655 : Qnil));
8656 #endif
8658 if (accurate_p)
8660 b->clip_changed = 0;
8661 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8662 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8663 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8664 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8665 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8666 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8667 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8668 w->last_point = make_number (BUF_PT (b));
8669 else
8670 w->last_point = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
8674 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8675 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8677 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8678 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
8679 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8680 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
8683 if (accurate_p)
8685 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8686 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8688 else
8690 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
8691 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
8692 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
8693 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8694 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8699 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
8700 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
8701 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
8702 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
8704 Lisp_Object
8705 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
8706 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
8707 int c;
8709 int code[4], i;
8710 Lisp_Object val;
8712 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
8713 return (dp->contents[c]);
8715 SPLIT_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
8716 if (code[1] < 32)
8717 code[1] = -1;
8718 else if (code[2] < 32)
8719 code[2] = -1;
8721 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
8722 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
8723 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
8724 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
8725 code[0] += 128;
8726 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
8728 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
8730 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
8731 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
8732 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
8735 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
8736 it. */
8737 return (dp->defalt);
8742 /***********************************************************************
8743 Window Redisplay
8744 ***********************************************************************/
8746 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
8748 static void
8749 redisplay_windows (window)
8750 Lisp_Object window;
8752 while (!NILP (window))
8754 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8756 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8757 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
8758 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8759 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
8760 else
8761 redisplay_window (window, 0);
8763 window = w->next;
8768 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
8769 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
8770 differ from current buffer positions. */
8772 void
8773 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
8774 struct window *w;
8775 struct glyph_row *row;
8776 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8777 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
8779 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8780 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
8781 int x = row->x;
8782 int pt_old = PT - delta;
8784 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
8785 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
8786 frames. */
8787 if (row->displays_text_p)
8788 while (glyph < end
8789 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8790 && glyph->charpos < 0)
8792 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8793 ++glyph;
8796 while (glyph < end
8797 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8798 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
8799 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
8801 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8802 ++glyph;
8805 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8806 w->cursor.x = x;
8807 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
8808 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
8810 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8812 if (!row->continued_p
8813 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
8814 && row->x == 0)
8816 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8818 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8819 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
8820 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8821 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
8823 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8824 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
8825 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8826 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
8828 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8829 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
8830 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
8831 this_line_start_x = row->x;
8833 else
8834 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8839 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
8840 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
8842 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
8844 static INLINE struct text_pos
8845 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
8846 Lisp_Object window;
8847 struct text_pos startp;
8849 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8850 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
8852 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8853 abort ();
8855 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
8857 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
8858 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
8859 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8860 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
8861 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8862 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8865 return startp;
8869 /* Modify the desired matrix of window W and W->vscroll so that the
8870 line containing the cursor is fully visible. */
8872 static void
8873 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
8874 struct window *w;
8876 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8877 struct glyph_row *row;
8878 int window_height;
8880 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
8881 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
8882 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8883 return;
8885 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
8886 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
8888 /* If the cursor row is not partially visible, there's nothing
8889 to do. */
8890 if (!MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
8891 return;
8893 /* If the row the cursor is in is taller than the window's height,
8894 it's not clear what to do, so do nothing. */
8895 window_height = window_box_height (w);
8896 if (row->height >= window_height)
8897 return;
8899 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
8901 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
8902 w->vscroll = 0;
8903 w->cursor.y += dy;
8904 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8906 else /* MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row)) */
8908 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
8909 w->vscroll = dy;
8910 w->cursor.y += dy;
8911 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8914 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
8915 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
8916 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
8917 the correct y-position. */
8918 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8919 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8923 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
8924 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
8925 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
8926 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
8927 the case that only the cursor has moved.
8929 Value is
8931 1 if scrolling succeeded
8933 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
8935 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
8936 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
8938 static int
8939 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
8940 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
8941 Lisp_Object window;
8942 int just_this_one_p;
8943 int scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
8944 int temp_scroll_step;
8946 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8947 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8948 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
8949 struct text_pos pos;
8950 struct text_pos startp;
8951 struct it it;
8952 Lisp_Object window_end;
8953 int this_scroll_margin;
8954 int dy = 0;
8955 int scroll_max;
8956 int rc;
8957 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
8958 Lisp_Object aggressive;
8959 int height;
8961 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8962 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
8963 #endif
8965 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8967 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
8968 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
8969 if (scroll_margin > 0)
8971 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
8972 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8974 else
8975 this_scroll_margin = 0;
8977 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
8978 into view. */
8979 if (scroll_step || scroll_conservatively || temp_scroll_step)
8980 scroll_max = max (scroll_step,
8981 max (scroll_conservatively, temp_scroll_step));
8982 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
8983 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
8984 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
8985 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
8986 there should be a variable for this. */
8987 scroll_max = 10;
8988 else
8989 scroll_max = 0;
8990 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8992 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
8993 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
8994 margin. */
8995 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
8996 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
8997 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
8998 if (this_scroll_margin)
9000 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
9001 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
9002 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
9005 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9007 int y0;
9009 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
9010 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
9012 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
9013 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
9014 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
9015 y0 = it.current_y;
9016 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9017 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9019 /* With a scroll_margin of 0, scroll_margin_pos is at the window
9020 end, which is one line below the window. The iterator's
9021 current_y will be same as y0 in that case, but we have to
9022 scroll a line to make PT visible. That's the reason why 1 is
9023 added below. */
9024 dy = 1 + it.current_y - y0;
9026 if (dy > scroll_max)
9027 return 0;
9029 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
9030 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
9031 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
9032 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9034 if (scroll_conservatively)
9035 amount_to_scroll
9036 = max (max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f)),
9037 CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9038 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9039 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9040 else
9042 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
9043 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9044 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9045 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9046 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9049 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9050 return 0;
9052 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
9053 startp = it.current.pos;
9055 else
9057 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
9058 window. */
9059 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
9060 if (this_scroll_margin)
9062 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9063 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
9064 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
9067 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9069 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
9070 above what is displayed in the window. */
9071 int y0;
9073 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
9074 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
9075 scroll_max. */
9076 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
9077 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9078 y0 = it.current_y;
9079 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
9080 it.last_visible_y, -1,
9081 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9082 dy = it.current_y - y0;
9083 if (dy > scroll_max)
9084 return 0;
9086 /* Compute new window start. */
9087 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9089 if (scroll_conservatively)
9090 amount_to_scroll =
9091 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9092 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9093 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9094 else
9096 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
9097 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9098 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9099 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9100 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9103 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9104 return 0;
9106 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
9107 startp = it.current.pos;
9111 /* Run window scroll functions. */
9112 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9114 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
9115 doesn't appear. */
9116 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9117 rc = -1;
9118 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9120 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9121 rc = 0;
9123 else
9125 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
9126 if (!just_this_one_p
9127 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9128 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9129 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9131 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line, shift display
9132 lines up or down. */
9133 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9134 rc = 1;
9137 return rc;
9141 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
9142 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
9143 was computed.
9145 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
9146 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
9147 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
9149 static int
9150 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
9151 struct window *w;
9153 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
9154 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
9156 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
9158 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
9159 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
9160 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
9161 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
9162 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
9164 struct it it;
9165 struct glyph_row *row;
9167 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
9168 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) < BEGV)
9169 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9170 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > ZV)
9171 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9173 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
9174 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
9175 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
9176 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
9177 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9178 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
9180 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
9181 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
9182 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
9183 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
9185 int min_distance, distance;
9187 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
9188 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
9189 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
9190 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
9191 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
9192 minimum distance from the old window start. */
9193 pos = it.current.pos;
9194 min_distance = INFINITY;
9195 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
9196 distance < min_distance)
9198 min_distance = distance;
9199 pos = it.current.pos;
9200 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9203 /* Set the window start there. */
9204 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
9205 window_start_changed_p = 1;
9209 return window_start_changed_p;
9213 /* Try cursor movement in case text has not changes in window WINDOW,
9214 with window start STARTP. Value is
9216 1 if successful
9218 0 if this method cannot be used
9220 -1 if we know we have to scroll the display. *SCROLL_STEP is
9221 set to 1, under certain circumstances, if we want to scroll as
9222 if scroll-step were set to 1. See the code. */
9224 static int
9225 try_cursor_movement (window, startp, scroll_step)
9226 Lisp_Object window;
9227 struct text_pos startp;
9228 int *scroll_step;
9230 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9231 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9232 int rc = 0;
9234 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9235 not moved off the frame. */
9236 if (/* Point may be in this window. */
9237 PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9238 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
9239 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9240 /* Function force-mode-line-update is used to force a thorough
9241 redisplay. It sets either windows_or_buffers_changed or
9242 update_mode_lines. So don't take a shortcut here for these
9243 cases. */
9244 && !update_mode_lines
9245 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
9246 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
9247 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
9248 set the cursor. */
9249 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9250 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9251 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9252 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9253 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
9254 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
9255 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
9256 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
9257 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
9258 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
9259 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
9260 handles the same cases. */
9261 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
9262 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
9263 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
9264 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
9265 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
9266 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
9267 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
9268 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
9269 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9270 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
9271 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
9273 int this_scroll_margin;
9274 struct glyph_row *row;
9276 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9277 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
9278 #endif
9280 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
9281 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
9282 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
9283 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
9284 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9286 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
9287 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
9288 if (w->last_cursor.vpos < 0
9289 || w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
9290 rc = -1;
9291 else
9293 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
9294 if (row->mode_line_p)
9295 ++row;
9296 if (!row->enabled_p)
9297 rc = -1;
9300 if (rc == 0)
9302 int scroll_p = 0;
9303 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
9305 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9307 /* Point has moved forward. */
9308 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
9309 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
9311 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9312 ++row;
9315 /* The end position of a row equals the start position
9316 of the next row. If PT is there, we would rather
9317 display it in the next line. */
9318 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9319 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9320 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9321 ++row;
9323 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
9324 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which
9325 the next line would be drawn, and that
9326 this_scroll_margin can be zero. */
9327 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
9328 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9329 /* Line is completely visible last line in window
9330 and PT is to be set in the next line. */
9331 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
9332 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9333 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9334 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9335 scroll_p = 1;
9337 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9339 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
9340 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer
9341 if-statement. */
9342 while (!row->mode_line_p
9343 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
9344 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9345 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9346 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
9347 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
9349 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9350 --row;
9353 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV,
9354 there is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that
9355 display starts at some point START > BEGV. It can
9356 happen that we are called with PT somewhere between
9357 BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9358 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
9359 || row->mode_line_p)
9361 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9362 if (row->mode_line_p)
9363 ++row;
9366 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to
9367 skip forward over overlay strings. */
9368 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9369 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9370 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9371 ++row;
9373 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
9374 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
9375 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
9376 scroll_p = 1;
9379 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9380 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9382 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
9383 rc = -1;
9385 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
9387 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9388 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9389 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
9390 rc = -1;
9391 else if (row->height > window_box_height (w))
9393 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's
9394 make it fully visible, except when it's taller
9395 than the window, in which case we can't do much
9396 about it. */
9397 *scroll_step = 1;
9398 rc = -1;
9400 else
9402 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9403 try_window (window, startp);
9404 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9405 rc = 1;
9408 else if (scroll_p)
9409 rc = -1;
9410 else
9412 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9413 rc = 1;
9418 return rc;
9422 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
9423 selected_window is redisplayed. */
9425 static void
9426 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
9427 Lisp_Object window;
9428 int just_this_one_p;
9430 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9431 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9432 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9433 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
9434 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
9435 int update_mode_line;
9436 int tem;
9437 struct it it;
9438 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
9439 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
9440 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
9441 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
9442 int rc;
9444 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9445 opoint = lpoint;
9447 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
9448 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
9449 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9450 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
9451 #endif
9453 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
9455 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
9457 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
9458 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
9459 || update_mode_lines
9460 || buffer->clip_changed);
9462 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
9464 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
9465 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
9467 if (update_mode_line)
9468 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
9469 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
9470 goto finish_menu_bars;
9471 else
9472 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
9473 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9475 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
9477 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
9478 active one, so clear it. */
9479 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9480 struct glyph_row *row;
9481 int y;
9483 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
9484 y < yb;
9485 y += row->height, ++row)
9486 blank_row (w, row, y);
9487 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9491 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
9492 value. */
9493 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
9494 variables. */
9495 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
9496 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9498 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9499 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9500 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9501 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9502 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
9504 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
9505 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
9506 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
9508 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
9509 window start in case the window's width changed. */
9510 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
9511 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
9513 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9516 /* Some sanity checks. */
9517 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
9518 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
9519 abort ();
9520 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
9521 abort ();
9523 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
9524 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9525 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
9526 where no change is needed. */
9527 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
9528 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9529 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
9530 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
9531 update_mode_line = 1;
9533 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
9534 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
9535 if (!just_this_one_p)
9537 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
9538 current_base = current_buffer;
9539 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
9540 if (current_base->base_buffer)
9541 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
9542 if (window_base->base_buffer)
9543 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
9544 if (current_base == window_base)
9545 buffer_shared++;
9548 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
9549 window, set up appropriate value. */
9550 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
9552 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
9553 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
9554 if (new_pt < BEGV)
9556 new_pt = BEGV;
9557 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
9558 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9560 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
9562 new_pt = ZV;
9563 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
9564 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9567 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
9568 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
9571 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
9572 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
9573 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
9574 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
9575 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
9576 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
9578 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
9580 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
9581 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
9583 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
9584 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
9585 BEG, Z);
9586 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
9590 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
9591 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
9592 goto recenter;
9594 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9596 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
9597 check whether it can be used. */
9598 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start)
9599 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9600 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9602 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
9603 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9604 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9605 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9606 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
9607 w->force_start = Qt;
9610 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
9611 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
9612 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
9613 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
9615 w->force_start = Qnil;
9616 w->vscroll = 0;
9617 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9619 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9620 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9621 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9622 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9624 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
9625 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
9626 because we have scrolled. */
9627 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
9628 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
9629 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
9630 and having them get more errors. */
9631 if (!update_mode_line
9632 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
9634 update_mode_line = 1;
9635 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9636 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9639 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9640 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9641 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
9642 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9643 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
9644 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9646 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
9647 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
9648 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9650 w->force_start = Qt;
9651 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9652 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9655 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
9657 /* If point does not appear, try to move point so it does
9658 appear. The desired matrix has been built above, so we
9659 can use it here. */
9660 int window_height;
9661 struct glyph_row *row;
9663 window_height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
9664 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
9665 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_height)
9666 ++row;
9668 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
9669 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
9671 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
9672 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
9673 else if (current_buffer == old)
9674 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9676 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9678 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
9679 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
9680 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9681 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9683 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9684 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9685 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9689 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9690 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9691 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
9692 #endif
9693 goto done;
9696 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9697 not moved off the frame. */
9698 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9699 && (rc = try_cursor_movement (window, startp, &temp_scroll_step),
9700 rc != 0))
9702 if (rc == -1)
9703 goto try_to_scroll;
9704 else
9705 goto done;
9707 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
9708 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
9709 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
9710 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
9711 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
9713 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9714 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
9715 #endif
9716 goto recenter;
9719 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. */
9720 else if (/* Windows and buffers haven't changed. */
9721 !windows_or_buffers_changed
9722 /* Window must be either use window-based redisplay or
9723 be full width. */
9724 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9725 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
9726 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9727 /* Point is not known NOT to appear in window. */
9728 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9729 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified)
9730 /* Window is not hscrolled. */
9731 && XFASTINT (w->hscroll) == 0
9732 /* Selective display has not changed. */
9733 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9734 /* Current matrix is up to date. */
9735 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9736 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region because
9737 a cursor movement will do more than just set the cursor. */
9738 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9739 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9740 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9741 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9742 /* Overlay arrow position and string not changed. */
9743 && EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
9744 && EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string)
9745 /* Value is > 0 if update has been done, it is -1 if we
9746 know that the same window start will not work. It is 0
9747 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
9748 && (tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
9750 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9751 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id %d", tem);
9752 #endif
9754 if (fonts_changed_p)
9755 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9756 if (tem > 0)
9757 goto done;
9759 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
9760 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
9762 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9763 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
9764 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9765 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
9766 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
9767 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9768 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9769 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
9771 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9772 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
9773 #endif
9775 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
9776 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
9777 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9778 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9779 because a window scroll function can have changed the
9780 buffer. */
9781 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9782 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9783 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9785 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
9786 try_window (window, startp);
9789 if (fonts_changed_p)
9790 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9792 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
9794 if (!just_this_one_p
9795 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9796 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9797 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9798 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9800 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9801 goto done;
9803 else
9804 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9807 try_to_scroll:
9809 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9810 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9812 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
9813 if (!update_mode_line)
9815 update_mode_line = 1;
9816 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9819 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
9820 if ((scroll_conservatively
9821 || scroll_step
9822 || temp_scroll_step
9823 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
9824 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
9825 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9826 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9827 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9829 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
9830 successful, 0 if not successful. */
9831 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
9832 scroll_conservatively,
9833 scroll_step,
9834 temp_scroll_step);
9835 if (rc > 0)
9836 goto done;
9837 else if (rc < 0)
9838 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9841 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
9843 recenter:
9845 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9846 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
9847 #endif
9849 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
9851 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
9852 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9853 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9854 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9856 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
9857 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9858 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
9859 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, it.last_visible_y / 2);
9860 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
9862 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
9863 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
9864 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
9865 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
9866 containing PT in this case. */
9867 if (it.current_y <= 0)
9869 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9870 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
9871 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
9872 it.current_y = 0;
9875 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
9877 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
9878 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
9879 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
9881 /* Run scroll hooks. */
9882 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
9884 /* Redisplay the window. */
9885 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9886 || windows_or_buffers_changed
9887 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9888 because it can have changed the buffer. */
9889 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9890 || !just_this_one_p
9891 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9892 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9893 try_window (window, startp);
9895 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
9896 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
9897 matrices. */
9898 if (fonts_changed_p)
9899 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9901 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
9902 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
9903 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
9904 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
9905 line.) */
9906 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9908 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9909 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
9911 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9912 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9913 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9915 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
9917 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9918 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
9919 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9921 else
9923 /* Not much we can do about it. */
9927 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
9928 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
9929 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
9930 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9931 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9933 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9934 if (row->mode_line_p)
9935 ++row;
9936 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9939 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9941 done:
9943 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9944 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9945 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
9946 ? Qt : Qnil);
9948 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
9949 if ((update_mode_line
9950 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
9951 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
9952 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
9953 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
9954 || (!just_this_one_p
9955 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9956 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
9957 /* Line number to display. */
9958 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
9959 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
9960 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9961 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ()))
9962 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
9963 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9964 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
9966 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
9968 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
9970 XSETFRAME (selected_frame, f);
9971 display_mode_lines (w);
9972 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
9974 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9975 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9976 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9977 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9979 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9980 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9981 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9984 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9985 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9986 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
9987 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9989 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9990 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9991 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9994 if (fonts_changed_p)
9995 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9998 if (!line_number_displayed
9999 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
10001 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
10002 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10005 finish_menu_bars:
10007 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
10008 if (update_mode_line
10009 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
10011 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
10013 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10015 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
10016 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
10017 #else
10018 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
10019 #endif
10021 else
10022 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
10024 if (redisplay_menu_p)
10025 display_menu_bar (w);
10027 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
10028 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
10029 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
10030 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
10031 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
10032 #endif
10035 finish_scroll_bars:
10037 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
10039 int start, end, whole;
10041 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
10042 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
10043 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
10044 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
10045 visible region.
10047 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
10048 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
10049 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
10050 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
10052 whole = ZV - BEGV;
10053 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
10054 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
10055 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
10056 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
10058 if (end < start)
10059 end = start;
10060 if (whole < (end - start))
10061 whole = end - start;
10063 else
10064 start = end = whole = 0;
10066 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
10067 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook (w, end - start, whole, start);
10069 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
10070 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
10071 redeem_scroll_bar_hook (w);
10074 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
10075 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
10076 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
10077 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
10079 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
10083 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
10084 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
10085 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
10086 glyph matrices necessary. */
10089 try_window (window, pos)
10090 Lisp_Object window;
10091 struct text_pos pos;
10093 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
10094 struct it it;
10095 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
10097 /* Make POS the new window start. */
10098 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
10100 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
10101 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10102 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10104 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
10105 start_display (&it, w, pos);
10107 /* Display all lines of W. */
10108 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10110 if (display_line (&it))
10111 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10112 if (fonts_changed_p)
10113 return 0;
10116 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
10117 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
10118 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
10119 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10121 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
10122 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
10123 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
10124 if (last_text_row)
10126 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
10127 w->window_end_bytepos
10128 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10129 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10130 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10131 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10132 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10133 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
10134 ->displays_text_p);
10136 else
10138 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10139 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10140 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10143 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
10144 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10145 return 1;
10150 /************************************************************************
10151 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
10152 ************************************************************************/
10154 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
10155 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
10156 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
10157 W->start is the new window start. */
10159 static int
10160 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
10161 struct window *w;
10163 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10164 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
10165 struct it it;
10166 struct run run;
10167 struct text_pos start, new_start;
10168 int nrows_scrolled, i;
10169 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
10170 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
10171 struct glyph_row *start_row;
10172 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
10174 if (/* This function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
10175 !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10176 /* Don't try to reuse the display if windows have been split
10177 or such. */
10178 || windows_or_buffers_changed)
10179 return 0;
10181 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
10182 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
10183 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
10184 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
10185 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
10186 return 0;
10188 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
10189 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
10190 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
10191 return 0;
10193 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
10194 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
10195 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10196 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
10197 return 0;
10199 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
10200 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
10201 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
10202 start = start_row->start.pos;
10203 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
10205 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
10206 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10208 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
10210 int first_row_y;
10212 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
10214 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
10215 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
10216 text. Note that it.vpos == 0 if or if not there is a
10217 header-line; it's not the same as the MATRIX_ROW_VPOS! */
10218 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
10219 first_row_y = it.current_y;
10220 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10221 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
10223 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10224 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
10225 && !fonts_changed_p)
10226 if (display_line (&it))
10227 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10229 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
10230 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
10231 have at least one reusable row. */
10232 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10234 /* IT.vpos always starts from 0; it counts text lines. */
10235 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
10237 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
10238 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10240 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
10242 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10243 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10245 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10246 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10248 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
10249 dy, nrows_scrolled);
10250 break;
10253 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) + dy >= it.last_visible_y)
10254 break;
10256 ++row;
10259 /* Give up if point was not found. This shouldn't
10260 happen often; not more often than with try_window
10261 itself. */
10262 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10264 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10265 return 0;
10269 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
10270 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
10271 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
10272 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
10273 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
10274 in. */
10275 run.current_y = first_row_y;
10276 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
10277 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
10279 if (run.height > 0 && run.current_y != run.desired_y)
10281 update_begin (f);
10282 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10283 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10284 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10285 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10286 update_end (f);
10289 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
10290 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10291 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10292 start_vpos,
10293 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10294 nrows_scrolled);
10296 /* Disable lines that must be updated. */
10297 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
10298 (start_row + i)->enabled_p = 0;
10300 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
10301 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10302 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10303 for (row = start_row + nrows_scrolled;
10304 row < bottom_row;
10305 ++row)
10307 row->y = it.current_y;
10309 if (row->y < min_y)
10310 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10311 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10312 row->visible_height
10313 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10314 else
10315 row->visible_height = row->height;
10317 it.current_y += row->height;
10319 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10320 last_reused_text_row = row;
10321 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
10322 break;
10325 /* Disable lines in the current matrix which are now
10326 below the window. */
10327 for (++row; row < bottom_row; ++row)
10328 row->enabled_p = 0;
10331 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
10332 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
10333 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
10334 containing text. */
10335 if (last_reused_text_row)
10337 w->window_end_bytepos
10338 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
10339 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10340 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
10341 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10342 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
10343 w->current_matrix));
10345 else if (last_text_row)
10347 w->window_end_bytepos
10348 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10349 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10350 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10351 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10352 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10354 else
10356 /* This window must be completely empty. */
10357 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10358 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10359 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10361 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10363 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
10364 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10366 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10367 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
10368 #endif
10369 return 1;
10371 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
10373 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
10374 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
10375 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
10376 int dy;
10377 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10379 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu2"));
10381 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
10382 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
10383 first_reusable_row = start_row;
10384 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10385 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
10386 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10387 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
10388 ++first_reusable_row;
10390 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
10391 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
10392 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10393 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10394 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
10395 return 0;
10397 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
10398 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
10399 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
10400 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
10401 first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
10402 pt_row = NULL;
10403 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb)
10405 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
10406 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
10407 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
10409 ++first_row_to_display;
10412 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
10413 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
10414 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
10415 nrows_scrolled = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix)
10416 - start_vpos);
10417 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
10418 - nrows_scrolled);
10419 it.current_y = (first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y
10420 + WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
10422 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
10423 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
10424 that displays text. */
10425 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10426 if (pt_row == NULL)
10427 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10428 last_text_row = NULL;
10429 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
10430 if (display_line (&it))
10431 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10433 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
10434 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10436 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10437 return 0;
10440 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
10441 position. */
10442 if (pt_row)
10444 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
10445 w->current_matrix);
10446 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
10449 /* Scroll the display. */
10450 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
10451 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10452 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
10453 dy = run.current_y - run.desired_y;
10455 if (run.height)
10457 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
10458 update_begin (f);
10459 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10460 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10461 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10462 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10463 update_end (f);
10466 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
10467 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10468 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10469 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10470 for (row = first_reusable_row; row < first_row_to_display; ++row)
10472 row->y -= dy;
10473 if (row->y < min_y)
10474 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10475 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10476 row->visible_height
10477 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10478 else
10479 row->visible_height = row->height;
10482 /* Disable rows not reused. */
10483 while (row < bottom_row)
10485 row->enabled_p = 0;
10486 ++row;
10489 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
10490 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
10491 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10492 start_vpos,
10493 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10494 -nrows_scrolled);
10496 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
10497 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
10498 only its vpos can have changed. */
10499 if (last_text_row)
10501 w->window_end_bytepos
10502 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10503 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10504 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10505 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10506 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10508 else
10510 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10511 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
10514 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10515 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10517 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10518 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
10519 #endif
10520 return 1;
10523 return 0;
10528 /************************************************************************
10529 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
10530 ************************************************************************/
10532 static struct glyph_row *find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
10533 static struct glyph_row *find_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
10534 int *, int *));
10535 static struct glyph_row *
10536 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
10537 struct glyph_row *));
10540 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
10541 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
10542 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
10543 a pointer to the row found. */
10545 static struct glyph_row *
10546 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
10547 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10548 struct it *it;
10549 struct glyph_row *start;
10551 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
10553 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
10554 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
10555 visible lines. */
10556 row_found = NULL;
10557 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
10558 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10560 xassert (row->enabled_p);
10561 row_found = row;
10562 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
10563 break;
10564 ++row;
10567 return row_found;
10571 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
10572 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since the
10573 last time W was redisplayed. Value is null if no such row exists.
10575 The global variable beg_unchanged has to contain the number of
10576 bytes unchanged at the start of current_buffer. BEG +
10577 beg_unchanged is the buffer position of the first changed byte in
10578 current_buffer. Characters at positions < BEG + beg_unchanged are
10579 at the same buffer positions as they were when the current matrix
10580 was built. */
10582 static struct glyph_row *
10583 find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
10584 struct window *w;
10586 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
10587 struct glyph_row *row;
10588 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10589 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10591 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
10592 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10593 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
10594 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
10596 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
10597 except in some case. */
10598 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
10599 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
10600 unchanged. */
10601 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
10602 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
10603 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
10604 continued. */
10605 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
10606 && row->continued_p))
10607 row_found = row;
10609 /* Stop if last visible row. */
10610 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
10611 break;
10613 ++row;
10616 return row_found;
10620 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
10621 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the last
10622 time the window was redisplayed. Return in *DELTA the number of
10623 chars by which buffer positions in unchanged text at the end of
10624 current_buffer must be adjusted. Return in *DELTA_BYTES the
10625 corresponding number of bytes. Value is null if no such row
10626 exists, i.e. all rows are affected by changes. */
10628 static struct glyph_row *
10629 find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
10630 struct window *w;
10631 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
10633 struct glyph_row *row;
10634 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10636 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
10638 /* Display must not have been paused, otherwise the current matrix
10639 is not up to date. */
10640 if (NILP (w->window_end_valid))
10641 abort ();
10643 /* A value of window_end_pos >= END_UNCHANGED means that the window
10644 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
10645 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
10646 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
10647 return NULL;
10649 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
10650 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10652 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
10653 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10655 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
10656 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
10657 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
10658 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
10659 positions for characters not in changed text. */
10660 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
10661 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
10662 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
10663 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
10664 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10666 *delta = Z - Z_old;
10667 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
10669 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
10670 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
10671 index + 1 of the last byte in current_buffer, i.e. by
10672 subtracting end_unchanged we get the index of the last
10673 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
10674 position. */
10675 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
10676 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
10678 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
10679 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
10680 for (; row > first_text_row; --row)
10682 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10683 abort ();
10685 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
10686 row_found = row;
10690 if (row_found && !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found))
10691 abort ();
10693 return row_found;
10697 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
10698 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
10699 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
10700 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
10701 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
10703 static void
10704 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
10705 struct window *w;
10707 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10708 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
10710 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
10711 must have a frame matrix. */
10712 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
10713 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
10714 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
10716 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
10717 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
10718 corresponding frame matrix. */
10719 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10720 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
10721 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
10722 while (window_row < window_row_end)
10724 int area;
10726 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area)
10727 frame_row->glyphs[area] = window_row->glyphs[area];
10729 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
10730 been disabled in try_window_id. */
10731 if (!window_row->enabled_p)
10732 frame_row->enabled_p = 0;
10734 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
10739 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
10740 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
10741 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
10742 containing CHARPOS or null. */
10744 static struct glyph_row *
10745 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end)
10746 struct window *w;
10747 int charpos;
10748 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
10750 struct glyph_row *row = start;
10751 int last_y;
10753 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
10754 if (row->mode_line_p)
10755 ++row;
10757 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
10758 return NULL;
10760 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10762 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
10763 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
10764 /* The end position of a row equals the start
10765 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
10766 would rather display it in the next line, except
10767 when this line ends in ZV. */
10768 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
10769 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
10770 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
10771 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
10772 ++row;
10774 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
10775 if ((end && row >= end)
10776 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10777 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10778 row = NULL;
10780 return row;
10784 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
10785 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
10786 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
10788 Value is
10790 1 if display has been updated
10791 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
10792 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
10794 The following steps are performed:
10796 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
10797 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
10798 is found, give up.
10800 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
10801 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
10803 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
10804 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
10805 the window.
10807 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
10809 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
10810 display and current matrix as needed.
10812 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
10813 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
10814 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
10815 in smaller font sizes.
10817 7. Update W's window end information. */
10819 /* Check that window end is what we expect it to be. */
10821 static int
10822 try_window_id (w)
10823 struct window *w;
10825 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10826 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
10827 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
10828 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10829 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10830 struct glyph_row *row;
10831 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
10832 int bottom_vpos;
10833 struct it it;
10834 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
10835 struct text_pos start_pos;
10836 struct run run;
10837 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
10838 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
10839 struct text_pos start;
10841 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
10843 /* Check pre-conditions. Window end must be valid, otherwise
10844 the current matrix would not be up to date. */
10845 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
10846 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
10847 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)));
10849 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
10850 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
10851 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
10852 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
10853 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF
10854 /* This seems to happen sometimes after saving a buffer. */
10855 || BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED > Z_BYTE)
10857 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
10858 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
10859 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
10860 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
10863 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
10864 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
10865 This case happens with stealth-fontification. Note that although
10866 the display is unchanged, glyph positions in the matrix have to
10867 be adjusted, of course. */
10868 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10869 if (CHARPOS (start) > BEGV
10870 && Z - END_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (start) - 1
10871 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n'
10872 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10874 struct glyph_row *r0 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
10875 int delta = CHARPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r0);
10877 if (delta)
10879 struct glyph_row *r1 = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
10880 int delta_bytes = BYTEPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (r0);
10882 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
10883 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r0, current_matrix),
10884 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1, current_matrix),
10885 delta, delta_bytes);
10888 #if 0 /* If changes are all in front of the window start, the
10889 distance of the last displayed glyph from Z hasn't
10890 changed. */
10891 w->window_end_pos
10892 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10893 w->window_end_bytepos
10894 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10895 #endif
10897 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, r0, NULL);
10898 if (row == NULL)
10899 return 0;
10901 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10902 return 1;
10905 /* Return quickly if changes are all below what is displayed in the
10906 window, and if PT is in the window. */
10907 if (BEG_UNCHANGED > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
10908 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10910 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
10911 size has changed. */
10912 w->window_end_pos
10913 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10914 w->window_end_bytepos
10915 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10917 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10918 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, row, NULL);
10919 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10920 return 2;
10923 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
10924 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
10925 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
10926 comparable. */
10927 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10928 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
10929 return 0;
10931 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
10932 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
10933 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
10934 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
10935 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
10936 first line of window. */
10937 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
10938 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10940 /* Avoid starting to display in the moddle of a character, a TAB
10941 for instance. This is easier than to set up the iterator
10942 exactly, and it's not a frequent case, so the additional
10943 effort wouldn't really pay off. */
10944 while (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10945 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row > w->current_matrix->rows)
10946 --last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10948 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row))
10949 return 0;
10951 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10952 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10954 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
10955 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
10956 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
10957 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
10958 current_matrix);
10959 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10960 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10962 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
10964 else
10966 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
10967 Start displaying in the first line. */
10968 start_display (&it, w, start);
10969 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10972 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
10973 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
10974 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
10975 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
10976 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
10977 changes. */
10978 first_unchanged_at_end_row
10979 = find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
10980 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
10981 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
10983 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
10984 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
10985 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
10986 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
10987 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
10988 stop_pos = 0;
10989 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10991 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
10992 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10994 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
10995 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
10996 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
10997 not displaying text. */
10998 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10999 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11000 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11001 < it.last_visible_y))
11002 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
11004 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11005 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11006 >= it.last_visible_y))
11007 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11008 else
11010 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11011 + delta);
11012 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11013 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
11014 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
11017 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
11018 return 0;
11021 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11023 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
11024 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
11025 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
11026 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11027 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
11029 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
11030 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
11031 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
11032 : -1);
11033 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11035 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
11038 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
11039 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
11040 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
11041 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11042 last_text_row = NULL;
11043 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
11044 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11045 && !fonts_changed_p
11046 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11047 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
11049 if (display_line (&it))
11050 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
11053 if (fonts_changed_p)
11054 return -1;
11057 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
11058 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
11059 scroll. */
11060 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11061 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
11062 bottom of the window. */
11063 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
11065 dvpos = (it.vpos
11066 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
11067 current_matrix));
11068 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11069 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11070 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
11071 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
11073 else
11075 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
11076 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11078 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
11081 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
11082 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
11083 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
11084 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
11085 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
11086 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
11087 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
11088 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
11089 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11091 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
11092 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
11093 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11095 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
11096 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
11097 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1);
11098 if (row)
11099 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11102 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
11103 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11105 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
11106 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL);
11107 if (row)
11108 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
11109 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
11112 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
11113 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11115 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11116 return -1;
11120 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
11122 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
11124 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
11125 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
11126 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
11127 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
11128 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
11130 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
11131 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
11132 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
11133 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
11134 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
11136 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11137 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11138 return -1;
11142 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
11143 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
11144 found. */
11145 if (dy && run.height)
11147 update_begin (f);
11149 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11151 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
11152 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
11153 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
11154 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
11156 else
11158 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
11159 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
11160 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11161 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
11162 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11163 int end = XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w);
11165 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
11166 if (dvpos > 0)
11168 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
11169 window down dvpos lines. */
11170 set_terminal_window (end);
11172 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
11173 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
11174 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11175 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
11177 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
11178 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
11179 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
11181 else if (dvpos < 0)
11183 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
11184 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
11185 set_terminal_window (end);
11187 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
11188 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
11189 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
11190 line sequences. */
11191 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
11193 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
11194 end. */
11195 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11196 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
11199 set_terminal_window (0);
11202 update_end (f);
11205 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
11206 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
11207 text. */
11208 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
11209 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
11210 if (dvpos < 0)
11212 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11213 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11214 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
11215 bottom_vpos, 0);
11217 else if (dvpos > 0)
11219 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11220 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11221 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11222 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
11225 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
11226 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
11227 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11228 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
11230 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
11231 if (delta)
11232 increment_matrix_positions (current_matrix,
11233 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11234 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
11236 /* Adjust Y positions. */
11237 if (dy)
11238 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
11239 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11240 bottom_vpos, dy);
11242 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11243 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
11245 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
11246 the window. */
11247 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
11248 if (dy < 0)
11250 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
11251 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
11252 the matrix by dvpos. */
11253 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
11254 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
11256 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
11257 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
11259 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
11260 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
11261 line following it. */
11262 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
11264 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
11265 it.vpos = last_vpos;
11266 it.current_y = last_row->y;
11268 else
11270 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
11271 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
11272 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
11273 ++last_row;
11276 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to get
11277 the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
11278 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
11279 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
11281 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
11282 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11283 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11284 && !fonts_changed_p)
11286 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
11287 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
11288 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
11289 enabled_p flag to zero. */
11290 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
11291 if (display_line (&it))
11292 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
11296 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
11297 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11298 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
11299 && !last_text_row_at_end)
11301 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
11302 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
11303 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
11304 scrolling. */
11305 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
11306 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
11307 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
11308 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
11310 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
11311 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
11312 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11313 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
11315 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
11317 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11318 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
11319 w->window_end_bytepos
11320 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
11321 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11322 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
11324 else if (last_text_row)
11326 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
11327 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
11328 in the desired matrix. */
11329 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11330 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
11331 w->window_end_bytepos
11332 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
11333 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11334 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
11336 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11337 && last_text_row == NULL
11338 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
11340 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
11341 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
11342 int vpos;
11343 int header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
11345 for (vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos); vpos > 0; --vpos)
11346 if ((w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11347 && w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p)
11348 || (!w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11349 && w->current_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p))
11350 break;
11352 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos);
11354 else
11355 abort ();
11357 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
11358 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11360 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
11361 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
11362 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
11363 return 3;
11368 /***********************************************************************
11369 More debugging support
11370 ***********************************************************************/
11372 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11374 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int));
11375 void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
11378 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr.
11380 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11381 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11382 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11384 void
11385 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, glyphs)
11386 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11387 int glyphs;
11389 int i;
11390 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
11391 dump_glyph_row (matrix, i, glyphs);
11395 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
11396 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11397 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11398 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11400 void
11401 dump_glyph_row (matrix, vpos, glyphs)
11402 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11403 int vpos, glyphs;
11405 struct glyph_row *row;
11407 if (vpos < 0 || vpos >= matrix->nrows)
11408 return;
11410 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos);
11412 if (glyphs != 1)
11414 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZFesm X Y W H V A P\n");
11415 fprintf (stderr, "=======================================================================\n");
11417 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d\
11418 %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d\n",
11419 row - matrix->rows,
11420 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
11421 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
11422 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
11423 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
11424 row->enabled_p,
11425 row->inverse_p,
11426 row->truncated_on_left_p,
11427 row->truncated_on_right_p,
11428 row->overlay_arrow_p,
11429 row->continued_p,
11430 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
11431 row->displays_text_p,
11432 row->ends_at_zv_p,
11433 row->fill_line_p,
11434 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p,
11435 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p,
11436 row->mouse_face_p,
11437 row->x,
11438 row->y,
11439 row->pixel_width,
11440 row->height,
11441 row->visible_height,
11442 row->ascent,
11443 row->phys_ascent);
11444 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
11445 row->end.overlay_string_index);
11446 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
11447 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
11448 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
11449 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
11450 row->end.dpvec_index);
11453 if (glyphs > 1)
11455 struct glyph *glyph, *glyph_end;
11456 int prev_had_glyphs_p;
11458 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11459 glyph_end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11461 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
11462 if (glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
11463 ++glyph_end;
11465 if (glyph < glyph_end)
11467 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos O W Code C Face LR\n");
11468 prev_had_glyphs_p = 1;
11470 else
11471 prev_had_glyphs_p = 0;
11473 while (glyph < glyph_end)
11475 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
11477 fprintf (stderr,
11478 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11479 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11480 'C',
11481 glyph->charpos,
11482 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11483 ? 'B'
11484 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11485 ? 'S'
11486 : '-')),
11487 glyph->pixel_width,
11488 glyph->u.ch,
11489 (glyph->u.ch < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch >= ' '
11490 ? glyph->u.ch
11491 : '.'),
11492 glyph->face_id,
11493 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11494 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11496 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
11498 fprintf (stderr,
11499 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11500 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11501 'S',
11502 glyph->charpos,
11503 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11504 ? 'B'
11505 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11506 ? 'S'
11507 : '-')),
11508 glyph->pixel_width,
11510 '.',
11511 glyph->face_id,
11512 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11513 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11515 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
11517 fprintf (stderr,
11518 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11519 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11520 'I',
11521 glyph->charpos,
11522 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11523 ? 'B'
11524 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11525 ? 'S'
11526 : '-')),
11527 glyph->pixel_width,
11528 glyph->u.img_id,
11529 '.',
11530 glyph->face_id,
11531 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11532 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11534 ++glyph;
11537 else if (glyphs == 1)
11539 char *s = (char *) alloca (row->used[TEXT_AREA] + 1);
11540 int i;
11542 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
11544 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i;
11545 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11546 && glyph->u.ch < 0x80
11547 && glyph->u.ch >= ' ')
11548 s[i] = glyph->u.ch;
11549 else
11550 s[i] = '.';
11553 s[i] = '\0';
11554 fprintf (stderr, "%3d: (%d) '%s'\n", vpos, row->enabled_p, s);
11559 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
11560 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
11561 "Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.\n\
11562 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil\n\
11563 parameter GLYPHS, dump glyphs as well. If GLYPHS is 1 show\n\
11564 glyphs in short form, otherwise show glyphs in long form.")
11565 (glyphs)
11566 Lisp_Object glyphs;
11568 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
11569 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11571 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
11572 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
11573 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
11574 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
11575 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
11576 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix,
11577 NILP (glyphs) ? 0 : XINT (glyphs));
11578 return Qnil;
11582 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 2, "",
11583 "Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.\n\
11584 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.\n\
11585 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.\n\
11586 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form.")
11587 (row, glyphs)
11588 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
11590 CHECK_NUMBER (row, 0);
11591 dump_glyph_row (XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix,
11592 XINT (row),
11593 INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
11594 return Qnil;
11598 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row, 1, 2, "",
11599 "Dump glyph row ROW of the tool-bar of the current frame to stderr.\n\
11600 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.\n\
11601 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.\n\
11602 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form.")
11603 (row, glyphs)
11604 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
11606 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
11607 struct glyph_matrix *m = (XWINDOW (sf->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix);
11608 dump_glyph_row (m, XINT (row), INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
11609 return Qnil;
11613 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay-toggle", Ftrace_redisplay_toggle,
11614 Strace_redisplay_toggle, 0, 0, "",
11615 "Toggle tracing of redisplay.")
11618 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
11619 return Qnil;
11623 DEFUN ("trace-to-stderr", Ftrace_to_stderr, Strace_to_stderr, 1, 1, "",
11624 "Print STRING to stderr.")
11625 (string)
11626 Lisp_Object string;
11628 CHECK_STRING (string, 0);
11629 fprintf (stderr, "%s", XSTRING (string)->data);
11630 return Qnil;
11633 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11637 /***********************************************************************
11638 Building Desired Matrix Rows
11639 ***********************************************************************/
11641 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
11642 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
11644 static struct glyph_row *
11645 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
11646 struct window *w;
11648 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11649 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11650 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
11651 unsigned char *arrow_string = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->data;
11652 int arrow_len = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->size;
11653 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
11654 unsigned char *p;
11655 struct it it;
11656 int multibyte_p;
11657 int n_glyphs_before;
11659 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
11660 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
11661 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11662 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
11664 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
11665 p = arrow_string;
11666 while (p < arrow_end)
11668 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
11670 /* Get the next character. */
11671 if (multibyte_p)
11672 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
11673 else
11674 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
11675 p += it.len;
11677 /* Get its face. */
11678 XSETFASTINT (ilisp, p - arrow_string);
11679 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
11680 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
11682 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
11683 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11684 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
11685 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
11687 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
11688 to remove some glyphs. */
11689 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
11691 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
11692 break;
11696 set_buffer_temp (old);
11697 return it.glyph_row;
11701 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
11702 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
11703 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
11704 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
11705 produce_special_glyphs. */
11707 static void
11708 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
11709 struct it *it;
11711 struct it truncate_it;
11712 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
11714 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
11716 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
11717 truncate_it = *it;
11718 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
11719 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11720 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
11721 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11722 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
11723 truncate_it.object = make_number (0);
11724 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
11726 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
11727 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11728 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11729 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11730 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11732 while (from < end)
11733 *to++ = *from++;
11735 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Overwrite them too. */
11736 while (to < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*to))
11738 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11739 while (from < end)
11740 *to++ = *from++;
11743 if (to > toend)
11744 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11748 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
11750 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
11751 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
11752 structure. This is not the case if
11754 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
11755 and max_height will be zero.
11757 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
11758 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
11759 pixmap extensions).
11761 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
11762 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
11763 must not be zero. */
11765 static void
11766 compute_line_metrics (it)
11767 struct it *it;
11769 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
11770 int area, i;
11772 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11774 int i, header_line_height;
11776 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
11777 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
11778 computed yet. */
11779 if (row->height == 0)
11781 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
11782 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
11783 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
11784 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
11785 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
11786 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
11789 /* Compute the width of this line. */
11790 row->pixel_width = row->x;
11791 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
11792 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
11794 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
11795 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
11797 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
11798 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
11800 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
11801 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
11802 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
11803 if (row == MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
11804 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
11806 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
11807 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
11810 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
11811 row->visible_height = row->height;
11813 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
11814 if (row->y < header_line_height)
11815 row->visible_height -= header_line_height - row->y;
11816 else
11818 int max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
11819 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
11820 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
11823 else
11825 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11826 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
11827 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
11830 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
11831 row->hash = 0;
11832 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
11833 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
11834 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
11835 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
11836 + row->glyphs[area][i].face_id
11837 + row->glyphs[area][i].padding_p
11838 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
11840 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
11841 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
11845 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
11846 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
11847 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
11848 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
11850 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
11851 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
11852 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
11853 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
11855 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
11856 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
11858 static int
11859 append_space (it, default_face_p)
11860 struct it *it;
11861 int default_face_p;
11863 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11865 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11867 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
11868 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
11870 /* Save some values that must not be changed.
11871 Must save IT->c and IT->len because otherwise
11872 ITERATOR_AT_END_P wouldn't work anymore after
11873 append_space has been called. */
11874 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
11875 int saved_c = it->c, saved_len = it->len;
11876 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11877 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11878 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11879 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11880 struct face *face;
11882 saved_object = it->object;
11883 saved_pos = it->position;
11885 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11886 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11887 it->object = make_number (0);
11888 it->c = ' ';
11889 it->len = 1;
11891 if (default_face_p)
11892 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11893 else if (it->face_before_selective_p)
11894 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
11895 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
11896 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, 0);
11898 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11900 it->current_x = saved_x;
11901 it->object = saved_object;
11902 it->position = saved_pos;
11903 it->what = saved_what;
11904 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
11905 it->len = saved_len;
11906 it->c = saved_c;
11907 return 1;
11911 return 0;
11915 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
11916 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
11917 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
11918 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
11920 static void
11921 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
11922 struct it *it;
11924 struct face *face;
11925 struct frame *f = it->f;
11927 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
11928 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
11929 return;
11931 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
11932 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
11933 of the frame, we don't have to do anything. */
11934 if (it->face_before_selective_p)
11935 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->saved_face_id);
11936 else
11937 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
11939 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
11940 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
11941 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
11942 && !face->stipple)
11943 return;
11945 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
11946 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
11947 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
11949 /* If current character of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
11950 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
11951 get_next_display_element returns a multibyte character. Note
11952 that the character will always be single byte in unibyte text. */
11953 if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
11955 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, 0);
11958 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11960 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
11961 so that we know which face to draw. */
11962 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
11964 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
11965 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].face_id = it->face_id;
11966 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
11969 else
11971 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
11972 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11973 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11974 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11975 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
11976 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11978 saved_object = it->object;
11979 saved_pos = it->position;
11981 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11982 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11983 it->object = make_number (0);
11984 it->c = ' ';
11985 it->len = 1;
11986 it->face_id = face->id;
11988 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11990 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
11991 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11993 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
11994 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
11995 it->current_x = saved_x;
11996 it->object = saved_object;
11997 it->position = saved_pos;
11998 it->what = saved_what;
11999 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
12004 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
12005 trailing whitespace. */
12007 static int
12008 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
12009 int charpos;
12011 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
12012 int c = 0;
12014 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
12015 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
12016 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
12017 ++bytepos;
12019 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
12021 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
12022 return 1;
12024 return 0;
12028 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
12030 void
12031 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
12032 struct frame *f;
12033 struct glyph_row *row;
12035 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12037 if (used)
12039 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12040 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
12042 /* Skip over the space glyph inserted to display the
12043 cursor at the end of a line. */
12044 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12045 && glyph->u.ch == ' '
12046 && INTEGERP (glyph->object))
12047 --glyph;
12049 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
12050 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
12051 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
12052 if (glyph >= start
12053 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12054 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
12055 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12056 && glyph->u.ch == ' '))
12057 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
12059 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace, 0);
12061 while (glyph >= start
12062 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12063 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
12064 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12065 && glyph->u.ch == ' ')))
12066 (glyph--)->face_id = face_id;
12072 /* Value is non-zero if glyph row ROW in window W should be
12073 used to hold the cursor. */
12075 static int
12076 cursor_row_p (w, row)
12077 struct window *w;
12078 struct glyph_row *row;
12080 int cursor_row_p = 1;
12082 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
12084 /* If the row ends with a newline from a string, we don't want
12085 the cursor there (if the row is continued it doesn't end in a
12086 newline). */
12087 if (CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos) >= 0
12088 || MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
12089 cursor_row_p = row->continued_p;
12091 /* If the row ends at ZV, display the cursor at the end of that
12092 row instead of at the start of the row below. */
12093 else if (row->ends_at_zv_p)
12094 cursor_row_p = 1;
12095 else
12096 cursor_row_p = 0;
12099 return cursor_row_p;
12103 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
12104 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
12105 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
12106 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
12107 only. */
12109 static int
12110 display_line (it)
12111 struct it *it;
12113 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12115 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
12116 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
12118 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
12119 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
12120 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
12122 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
12123 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
12125 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
12126 prepare_desired_row (row);
12128 row->y = it->current_y;
12129 row->start = it->current;
12130 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
12131 row->displays_text_p = 1;
12132 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p;
12133 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 0;
12135 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
12136 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
12137 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
12138 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
12139 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
12140 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
12142 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
12143 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
12144 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
12145 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
12146 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
12147 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
12149 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
12150 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
12151 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12152 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12153 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12154 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12156 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
12157 character to display. */
12158 while (1)
12160 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
12161 int x, i, nglyphs;
12162 int ascent = 0, descent = 0, phys_ascent = 0, phys_descent = 0;
12164 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
12165 buffer reached. */
12166 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
12168 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
12169 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
12170 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
12171 to -1. */
12172 if ((append_space (it, 1) && row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 1)
12173 || row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
12175 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
12176 row->displays_text_p = 0;
12178 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines))
12179 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
12182 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12183 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
12184 break;
12187 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
12188 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
12189 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12190 x = it->current_x;
12192 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
12193 fit on the line. */
12194 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
12196 ascent = it->max_ascent;
12197 descent = it->max_descent;
12198 phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12199 phys_descent = it->max_phys_descent;
12202 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12204 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
12205 the next one. */
12206 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
12208 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12209 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12210 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12211 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12212 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12213 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12214 continue;
12217 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
12218 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
12219 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
12220 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
12221 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
12222 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
12223 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
12224 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
12225 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
12226 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
12227 hpos_before = it->hpos;
12228 x_before = x;
12230 if (/* Not a newline. */
12231 nglyphs > 0
12232 /* Glyphs produced fit entirely in the line. */
12233 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
12235 it->hpos += nglyphs;
12236 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12237 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12238 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12239 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12240 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12241 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
12242 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12244 else
12246 int new_x;
12247 struct glyph *glyph;
12249 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
12251 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
12252 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
12254 if (/* Lines are continued. */
12255 !it->truncate_lines_p
12256 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
12257 new_x > it->last_visible_x
12258 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
12259 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12260 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
12262 /* End of a continued line. */
12264 if (it->hpos == 0
12265 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12266 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
12268 /* Current glyph is the only one on the line or
12269 fits exactly on the line. We must continue
12270 the line because we can't draw the cursor
12271 after the glyph. */
12272 row->continued_p = 1;
12273 it->current_x = new_x;
12274 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
12275 ++it->hpos;
12276 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
12277 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12279 else if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph)
12280 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12282 /* A padding glyph that doesn't fit on this line.
12283 This means the whole character doesn't fit
12284 on the line. */
12285 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
12287 /* Fill the rest of the row with continuation
12288 glyphs like in 20.x. */
12289 while (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA]
12290 < row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
12291 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12293 row->continued_p = 1;
12294 it->current_x = x_before;
12295 it->continuation_lines_width += x_before;
12297 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12298 element not fitting on the line. */
12299 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12300 it->max_descent = descent;
12301 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12302 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12304 else
12306 /* Display element draws past the right edge of
12307 the window. Restore positions to values
12308 before the element. The next line starts
12309 with current_x before the glyph that could
12310 not be displayed, so that TAB works right. */
12311 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
12313 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
12314 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12315 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12316 row->continued_p = 1;
12318 it->current_x = x;
12319 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
12320 if (nglyphs > 1 && i > 0)
12322 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12323 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12326 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12327 element not fitting on the line. */
12328 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12329 it->max_descent = descent;
12330 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12331 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12334 break;
12336 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
12338 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
12339 ++it->hpos;
12341 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
12342 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
12343 negative X position. */
12344 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12346 else
12348 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
12349 window. This should not happen because of the
12350 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
12351 this function. */
12352 abort ();
12356 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12357 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12358 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12359 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12360 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12362 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
12363 if (row->continued_p)
12364 break;
12367 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
12368 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
12369 margin of the window. */
12370 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
12372 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12374 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
12375 display the cursor there. */
12376 append_space (it, 0);
12378 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
12379 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
12381 /* Make sure we have the position. */
12382 if (used_before == 0)
12383 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
12385 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
12386 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12387 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12388 break;
12391 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
12392 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
12393 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12395 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
12396 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
12397 if (it->truncate_lines_p
12398 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
12399 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12400 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
12402 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
12403 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12405 int i, n;
12407 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
12408 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
12409 break;
12411 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
12413 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
12414 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12418 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
12419 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12420 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
12421 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
12422 it->hpos = hpos_before;
12423 it->current_x = x_before;
12424 break;
12428 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
12429 at the left window margin. */
12430 if (it->first_visible_x
12431 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
12433 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12434 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
12435 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
12438 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
12439 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
12440 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
12441 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
12442 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
12443 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
12444 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12445 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
12446 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
12447 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
12449 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a bitmap. */
12450 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12452 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
12453 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12454 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12455 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12456 struct glyph *p2, *end;
12458 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
12459 while (glyph < arrow_end)
12460 *p++ = *glyph++;
12462 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
12463 p2 = p;
12464 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12465 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
12466 ++p2;
12467 if (p2 > p)
12469 while (p2 < end)
12470 *p++ = *p2++;
12471 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12475 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
12476 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
12479 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
12480 compute_line_metrics (it);
12482 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
12483 row->end = it->current;
12485 /* Maybe set the cursor. */
12486 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
12487 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12488 && PT <= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
12489 && cursor_row_p (it->w, row))
12490 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
12492 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
12493 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
12494 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
12496 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
12497 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
12498 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
12499 row to be used. */
12500 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
12501 it->current_y += row->height;
12502 ++it->vpos;
12503 ++it->glyph_row;
12504 return row->displays_text_p;
12509 /***********************************************************************
12510 Menu Bar
12511 ***********************************************************************/
12513 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
12515 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
12516 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
12518 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
12519 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
12520 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
12521 for the menu bar. */
12523 static void
12524 display_menu_bar (w)
12525 struct window *w;
12527 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
12528 struct it it;
12529 Lisp_Object items;
12530 int i;
12532 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
12533 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
12534 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
12535 return;
12536 #endif
12537 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12538 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
12539 return;
12540 #endif
12541 #ifdef macintosh
12542 if (FRAME_MAC_P (f))
12543 return;
12544 #endif
12546 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12547 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
12548 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MENU_FACE_ID);
12549 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12550 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12551 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12552 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12554 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
12555 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
12556 struct window *menu_w;
12557 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
12558 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
12559 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
12560 MENU_FACE_ID);
12561 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12562 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12564 else
12566 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
12567 pixel x/y. */
12568 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
12569 MENU_FACE_ID);
12570 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12571 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
12573 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12575 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12576 /* Force the menu-bar to be displayed in the default face. */
12577 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12579 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
12580 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
12582 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
12583 clear_glyph_row (row);
12584 row->enabled_p = 1;
12585 row->full_width_p = 1;
12588 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
12589 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
12590 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
12592 Lisp_Object string;
12594 /* Stop at nil string. */
12595 string = XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 1];
12596 if (NILP (string))
12597 break;
12599 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
12600 XSETFASTINT (XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 3], it.hpos);
12602 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
12603 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12604 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
12605 XSTRING (string)->size + 1, 0, 0, -1);
12608 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
12609 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12610 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
12612 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
12613 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12618 /***********************************************************************
12619 Mode Line
12620 ***********************************************************************/
12622 /* Redisplay mode lines in the window tree whose root is WINDOW. If
12623 FORCE is non-zero, redisplay mode lines unconditionally.
12624 Otherwise, redisplay only mode lines that are garbaged. Value is
12625 the number of windows whose mode lines were redisplayed. */
12627 static int
12628 redisplay_mode_lines (window, force)
12629 Lisp_Object window;
12630 int force;
12632 int nwindows = 0;
12634 while (!NILP (window))
12636 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
12638 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
12639 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->hchild, force);
12640 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
12641 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->vchild, force);
12642 else if (force
12643 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
12644 || !MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->enabled_p)
12646 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
12647 struct text_pos lpoint;
12648 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
12650 /* Set the window's buffer for the mode line display. */
12651 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
12652 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
12654 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any
12655 other window, set up appropriate value. */
12656 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
12658 struct text_pos pt;
12660 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (pt, w->pointm);
12661 if (CHARPOS (pt) < BEGV)
12662 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
12663 else if (CHARPOS (pt) > (ZV - 1))
12664 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (ZV, ZV_BYTE);
12665 else
12666 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
12669 /* Temporarily set up the selected frame. */
12670 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
12671 selected_frame = w->frame;
12673 /* Display mode lines. */
12674 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
12675 if (display_mode_lines (w))
12677 ++nwindows;
12678 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
12681 /* Restore old settings. */
12682 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
12683 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
12684 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
12687 window = w->next;
12690 return nwindows;
12694 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. Value is the number
12695 of mode lines displayed. */
12697 static int
12698 display_mode_lines (w)
12699 struct window *w;
12701 int n = 0;
12703 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
12704 line_number_displayed = 0;
12705 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
12707 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
12709 display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
12710 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
12711 ++n;
12714 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
12716 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
12717 current_buffer->header_line_format);
12718 ++n;
12721 return n;
12725 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
12726 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
12727 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. Value is the pixel
12728 height of the mode line displayed. */
12730 static int
12731 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
12732 struct window *w;
12733 enum face_id face_id;
12734 Lisp_Object format;
12736 struct it it;
12737 struct face *face;
12739 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
12740 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
12742 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12743 /* Force the mode-line to be displayed in the default face. */
12744 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12746 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
12747 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
12748 values. */
12749 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
12750 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format);
12751 pop_frame_kboard ();
12753 /* Fill up with spaces. */
12754 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
12756 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12757 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
12758 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
12759 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = 0;
12760 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
12761 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
12762 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
12764 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
12765 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
12766 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
12767 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
12769 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12770 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
12771 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
12774 return it.glyph_row->height;
12778 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
12779 translates into text depends on its data type.
12781 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
12783 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
12784 infinite recursion here.
12786 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
12787 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
12788 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
12789 display_string for details. *
12791 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT. */
12793 static int
12794 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt)
12795 struct it *it;
12796 int depth;
12797 int field_width, precision;
12798 Lisp_Object elt;
12800 int n = 0, field, prec;
12802 tail_recurse:
12803 if (depth > 10)
12804 goto invalid;
12806 depth++;
12808 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
12810 case Lisp_String:
12812 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
12813 unsigned char c;
12814 unsigned char *this = XSTRING (elt)->data;
12815 unsigned char *lisp_string = this;
12817 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
12818 && *this
12819 && (frame_title_ptr
12820 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
12822 unsigned char *last = this;
12824 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
12825 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
12828 if (this - 1 != last)
12830 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
12831 is length of string. Don't output more than
12832 PRECISION allows us. */
12833 --this;
12834 prec = strwidth (last, this - last);
12835 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
12836 prec = precision - n;
12838 if (frame_title_ptr)
12839 n += store_frame_title (last, 0, prec);
12840 else
12841 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, last - lisp_string,
12842 it, 0, prec, 0, -1);
12844 else /* c == '%' */
12846 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
12848 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
12849 don't pad. */
12850 field = 0;
12851 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
12852 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
12854 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
12855 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
12856 field = field_width - n;
12858 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
12859 prec = precision - n;
12861 if (c == 'M')
12862 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
12863 Vglobal_mode_string);
12864 else if (c != 0)
12866 unsigned char *spec
12867 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec);
12869 if (frame_title_ptr)
12870 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
12871 else
12873 int nglyphs_before
12874 = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12875 int charpos
12876 = percent_position - XSTRING (elt)->data;
12877 int nwritten
12878 = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt, charpos, 0, it,
12879 field, prec, 0, -1);
12881 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
12882 string where the `%x' came from, position
12883 of the `%'. */
12884 if (nwritten > 0)
12886 struct glyph *glyph
12887 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12888 + nglyphs_before);
12889 int i;
12891 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
12893 glyph[i].object = elt;
12894 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
12897 n += nwritten;
12904 break;
12906 case Lisp_Symbol:
12907 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
12908 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
12909 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
12910 literally. */
12912 register Lisp_Object tem;
12913 tem = Fboundp (elt);
12914 if (!NILP (tem))
12916 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
12917 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
12918 don't check for % within it. */
12919 if (STRINGP (tem))
12921 prec = precision - n;
12922 if (frame_title_ptr)
12923 n += store_frame_title (XSTRING (tem)->data, -1, prec);
12924 else
12925 n += display_string (NULL, tem, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
12926 0, prec, 0, -1);
12928 else if (!EQ (tem, elt))
12930 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
12931 elt = tem;
12932 goto tail_recurse;
12936 break;
12938 case Lisp_Cons:
12940 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
12942 /* A cons cell: three distinct cases.
12943 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
12944 and effectively concatenate them.
12945 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
12946 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
12947 to at least that many characters.
12948 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
12949 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
12950 car = XCAR (elt);
12951 if (EQ (car, QCeval) && CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
12953 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
12954 and use the result as mode line elements. */
12955 struct gcpro gcpro1;
12956 Lisp_Object spec;
12958 spec = safe_eval (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
12959 GCPRO1 (spec);
12960 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
12961 precision - n, spec);
12962 UNGCPRO;
12964 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
12966 tem = Fboundp (car);
12967 elt = XCDR (elt);
12968 if (!CONSP (elt))
12969 goto invalid;
12970 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
12971 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
12972 if (!NILP (tem))
12974 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
12975 if (!NILP (tem))
12977 elt = XCAR (elt);
12978 goto tail_recurse;
12981 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
12982 Get the cddr of the original list
12983 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
12984 elt = XCDR (elt);
12985 if (NILP (elt))
12986 break;
12987 else if (!CONSP (elt))
12988 goto invalid;
12989 elt = XCAR (elt);
12990 goto tail_recurse;
12992 else if (INTEGERP (car))
12994 register int lim = XINT (car);
12995 elt = XCDR (elt);
12996 if (lim < 0)
12998 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
12999 if (precision <= 0)
13000 precision = -lim;
13001 else
13002 precision = min (precision, -lim);
13004 else if (lim > 0)
13006 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
13007 current maximum. */
13008 if (precision > 0)
13009 lim = min (precision, lim);
13011 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
13012 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
13013 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
13014 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
13016 goto tail_recurse;
13018 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
13020 register int limit = 50;
13021 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
13022 while (CONSP (elt)
13023 && --limit > 0
13024 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
13026 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
13027 precision - n, XCAR (elt));
13028 elt = XCDR (elt);
13032 break;
13034 default:
13035 invalid:
13036 if (frame_title_ptr)
13037 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
13038 else
13039 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
13040 precision - n, 0, 0);
13041 return n;
13044 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
13045 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
13047 if (frame_title_ptr)
13048 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
13049 else
13050 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
13051 0, 0, 0);
13054 return n;
13058 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
13059 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
13061 static void
13062 pint2str (buf, width, d)
13063 register char *buf;
13064 register int width;
13065 register int d;
13067 register char *p = buf;
13069 if (d <= 0)
13070 *p++ = '0';
13071 else
13073 while (d > 0)
13075 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
13076 d /= 10;
13080 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
13081 *p++ = ' ';
13082 *p-- = '\0';
13083 while (p > buf)
13085 d = *buf;
13086 *buf++ = *p;
13087 *p-- = d;
13091 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
13092 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
13093 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
13095 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
13097 static char *
13098 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
13099 Lisp_Object coding_system;
13100 register char *buf;
13101 int eol_flag;
13103 Lisp_Object val;
13104 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
13105 unsigned char *eol_str;
13106 int eol_str_len;
13107 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
13108 Lisp_Object eoltype;
13110 val = Fget (coding_system, Qcoding_system);
13111 eoltype = Qnil;
13113 if (!VECTORP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
13115 if (multibyte)
13116 *buf++ = '-';
13117 if (eol_flag)
13118 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13119 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
13121 else
13123 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
13125 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
13127 if (multibyte)
13128 *buf++ = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (val)->contents[1]);
13130 if (eol_flag)
13132 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
13134 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13135 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13136 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13137 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13138 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
13139 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
13140 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
13141 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
13142 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
13146 if (eol_flag)
13148 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
13149 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
13151 eol_str = XSTRING (eoltype)->data;
13152 eol_str_len = XSTRING (eoltype)->size;
13154 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
13155 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
13157 eol_str = (unsigned char *) alloca (MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH);
13158 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), eol_str);
13160 else
13162 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
13163 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
13165 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
13166 buf += eol_str_len;
13169 return buf;
13172 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
13173 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
13174 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
13175 string returned with spaces to that value. */
13177 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
13179 static char *
13180 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision)
13181 struct window *w;
13182 register int c;
13183 int field_width, precision;
13185 Lisp_Object obj;
13186 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
13187 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
13188 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
13190 obj = Qnil;
13192 switch (c)
13194 case '*':
13195 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13196 return "%";
13197 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13198 return "*";
13199 return "-";
13201 case '+':
13202 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
13203 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13204 return "*";
13205 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13206 return "%";
13207 return "-";
13209 case '&':
13210 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
13211 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13212 return "*";
13213 return "-";
13215 case '%':
13216 return "%";
13218 case '[':
13220 int i;
13221 char *p;
13223 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13224 return "[[[... ";
13225 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13226 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13227 *p++ = '[';
13228 *p = 0;
13229 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13232 case ']':
13234 int i;
13235 char *p;
13237 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13238 return " ...]]]";
13239 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13240 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13241 *p++ = ']';
13242 *p = 0;
13243 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13246 case '-':
13248 register int i;
13250 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
13251 if (field_width <= 0
13252 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
13254 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
13255 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
13256 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
13257 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13259 else
13260 return lots_of_dashes;
13263 case 'b':
13264 obj = b->name;
13265 break;
13267 case 'c':
13269 int col = current_column ();
13270 XSETFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed, col);
13271 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
13272 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13275 case 'F':
13276 /* %F displays the frame name. */
13277 if (!NILP (f->title))
13278 return (char *) XSTRING (f->title)->data;
13279 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13280 return (char *) XSTRING (f->name)->data;
13281 return "Emacs";
13283 case 'f':
13284 obj = b->filename;
13285 break;
13287 case 'l':
13289 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
13290 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
13291 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
13292 int nlines, junk;
13293 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
13295 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
13296 don't forget that too fast. */
13297 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
13298 goto no_value;
13299 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
13300 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
13301 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13303 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
13304 if (INTEGERP (Vline_number_display_limit)
13305 && BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > XINT (Vline_number_display_limit))
13307 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13308 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13309 goto no_value;
13312 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
13313 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
13314 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
13316 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
13317 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
13318 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
13320 else
13322 line = 1;
13323 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
13324 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13327 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
13328 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
13329 startpos_byte,
13330 startpos, &junk);
13332 topline = nlines + line;
13334 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
13335 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
13336 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
13337 go back past it. */
13338 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13340 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline);
13341 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BUF_BEGV (b));
13343 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
13344 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13346 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
13347 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13348 int position;
13349 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
13351 if (startpos - distance > limit)
13353 limit = startpos - distance;
13354 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
13357 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13358 limit_byte,
13359 - (height * 2 + 30),
13360 &position);
13361 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
13362 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
13363 give up on line numbers for this window. */
13364 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
13366 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
13367 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13368 goto no_value;
13371 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline - nlines);
13372 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
13375 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
13376 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13377 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
13379 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
13380 line_number_displayed = 1;
13382 /* Make the string to show. */
13383 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
13384 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13385 no_value:
13387 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13388 int pad = field_width - 2;
13389 while (pad-- > 0)
13390 *p++ = ' ';
13391 *p++ = '?';
13392 *p++ = '?';
13393 *p = '\0';
13394 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13397 break;
13399 case 'm':
13400 obj = b->mode_name;
13401 break;
13403 case 'n':
13404 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
13405 return " Narrow";
13406 break;
13408 case 'p':
13410 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
13411 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13413 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
13415 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13416 return "All";
13417 else
13418 return "Bottom";
13420 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13421 return "Top";
13422 else
13424 if (total > 1000000)
13425 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13426 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13427 else
13428 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13429 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13430 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13431 if (total == 100)
13432 total = 99;
13433 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13434 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13438 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
13439 case 'P':
13441 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
13442 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
13443 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13445 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
13447 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13448 return "All";
13449 else
13450 return "Bottom";
13452 else
13454 if (total > 1000000)
13455 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13456 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13457 else
13458 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13459 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13460 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13461 if (total == 100)
13462 total = 99;
13463 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13464 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
13465 else
13466 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13467 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13471 case 's':
13472 /* status of process */
13473 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
13474 if (NILP (obj))
13475 return "no process";
13476 #ifdef subprocesses
13477 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
13478 #endif
13479 break;
13481 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
13482 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
13483 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
13484 #else
13485 return "T";
13486 #endif
13488 case 'z':
13489 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
13490 case 'Z':
13491 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
13493 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
13494 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13496 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13498 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
13499 to do EOL conversion. */
13500 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13501 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13503 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
13504 p, eol_flag);
13506 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
13507 #ifdef subprocesses
13508 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
13509 if (PROCESSP (obj))
13511 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
13512 p, eol_flag);
13513 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
13514 p, eol_flag);
13516 #endif /* subprocesses */
13517 #endif /* 0 */
13518 *p = 0;
13519 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13523 if (STRINGP (obj))
13524 return (char *) XSTRING (obj)->data;
13525 else
13526 return "";
13530 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
13531 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
13532 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
13534 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
13536 static int
13537 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
13538 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
13539 int *byte_pos_ptr;
13541 register unsigned char *cursor;
13542 unsigned char *base;
13544 register int ceiling;
13545 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
13546 int orig_count = count;
13548 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
13549 check only for newlines. */
13550 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
13551 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
13553 if (count > 0)
13555 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
13557 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
13558 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
13559 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
13560 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
13561 while (1)
13563 if (selective_display)
13564 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13566 else
13567 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13570 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13572 if (--count == 0)
13574 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13575 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13576 return orig_count;
13578 else
13579 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
13580 break;
13582 else
13583 break;
13585 start_byte += cursor - base;
13588 else
13590 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
13592 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
13593 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
13594 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
13595 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
13596 while (1)
13598 if (selective_display)
13599 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
13600 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
13602 else
13603 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
13606 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13608 if (++count == 0)
13610 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13611 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13612 /* When scanning backwards, we should
13613 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
13614 return - orig_count - 1;
13617 else
13618 break;
13620 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
13621 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
13622 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13626 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
13628 if (count < 0)
13629 return - orig_count + count;
13630 return orig_count - count;
13636 /***********************************************************************
13637 Displaying strings
13638 ***********************************************************************/
13640 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
13642 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
13643 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
13645 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
13646 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
13647 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
13649 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
13650 standard display table, temporarily.
13652 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
13653 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
13654 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
13655 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
13657 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
13658 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
13660 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
13662 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
13663 ----------------------------------------
13664 -1 -1 %s
13665 -1 10 %.10s
13666 10 -1 %10s
13667 20 10 %20.10s
13669 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
13670 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
13671 enable_multibyte_characters.
13673 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
13675 static int
13676 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
13677 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
13678 unsigned char *string;
13679 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
13680 Lisp_Object face_string;
13681 int face_string_pos;
13682 int start;
13683 struct it *it;
13684 int field_width, precision, max_x;
13685 int multibyte;
13687 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
13688 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
13689 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
13691 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
13692 with index START. We assume that IT may be modified here (which
13693 means that display_line has to do something when displaying a
13694 mini-buffer prompt, which it does). */
13695 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
13696 precision, field_width, multibyte);
13698 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
13699 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
13700 if (STRINGP (face_string))
13702 int endptr;
13703 struct face *face;
13705 it->face_id
13706 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
13707 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
13708 it->region_end_charpos,
13709 &endptr, it->base_face_id);
13710 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
13711 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
13714 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
13715 beyond the right edge of the window. */
13716 if (max_x <= 0)
13717 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
13718 else
13719 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
13721 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
13722 hscrolled. */
13723 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
13724 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
13725 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
13727 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
13728 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
13729 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
13730 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
13732 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
13733 past last_visible_x. */
13734 while (it->current_x < max_x)
13736 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
13738 /* Get the next display element. */
13739 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
13740 break;
13742 /* Produce glyphs. */
13743 x_before = it->current_x;
13744 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13745 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
13747 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
13748 i = 0;
13749 x = x_before;
13750 while (i < nglyphs)
13752 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
13754 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
13755 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
13757 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
13758 if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph))
13760 /* A wide character is unbreakable. */
13761 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
13762 it->current_x = x_before;
13764 else
13766 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
13767 it->current_x = x;
13769 break;
13771 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
13773 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
13774 ++it->hpos;
13775 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
13776 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
13778 else
13780 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
13781 Should not happen. */
13782 abort ();
13785 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13786 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13787 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13788 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13789 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13790 x += glyph->pixel_width;
13791 ++i;
13794 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
13795 if (i < nglyphs)
13796 break;
13798 /* Stop at line ends. */
13799 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
13801 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13802 break;
13805 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13807 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
13808 if (it->truncate_lines_p
13809 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
13811 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
13812 truncated at a padding space. */
13813 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
13815 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13817 int i, n;
13819 if (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)
13821 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
13822 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
13823 break;
13824 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
13826 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
13827 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13830 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13832 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
13834 break;
13838 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
13839 if (it->first_visible_x
13840 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
13842 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13843 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
13844 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
13847 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
13849 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
13850 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
13855 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1 if PROPVAL
13856 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
13857 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
13858 way, and return 1 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
13859 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13862 invisible_p (propval, list)
13863 register Lisp_Object propval;
13864 Lisp_Object list;
13866 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13868 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13870 register Lisp_Object tem;
13871 tem = XCAR (tail);
13872 if (EQ (propval, tem))
13873 return 1;
13874 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13875 return 1;
13878 if (CONSP (propval))
13880 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13882 Lisp_Object propelt;
13883 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13884 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13886 register Lisp_Object tem;
13887 tem = XCAR (tail);
13888 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
13889 return 1;
13890 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13891 return 1;
13896 return 0;
13900 /* Return 1 if PROPVAL appears as the car of an element of LIST and
13901 the cdr of that element is non-nil. If PROPVAL is a list, check
13902 each element of PROPVAL in that way, and the first time some
13903 element is found, return 1 if the cdr of that element is non-nil.
13904 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13907 invisible_ellipsis_p (propval, list)
13908 register Lisp_Object propval;
13909 Lisp_Object list;
13911 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13913 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13915 register Lisp_Object tem;
13916 tem = XCAR (tail);
13917 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13918 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13921 if (CONSP (propval))
13922 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13924 Lisp_Object propelt;
13925 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13926 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13928 register Lisp_Object tem;
13929 tem = XCAR (tail);
13930 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13931 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13935 return 0;
13940 /***********************************************************************
13941 Initialization
13942 ***********************************************************************/
13944 void
13945 syms_of_xdisp ()
13947 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
13948 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
13950 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
13951 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
13953 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
13954 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
13956 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
13957 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
13958 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
13959 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
13960 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay_toggle);
13961 defsubr (&Strace_to_stderr);
13962 #endif
13963 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
13964 defsubr (&Stool_bar_lines_needed);
13965 #endif
13967 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
13968 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
13970 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
13971 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
13973 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
13974 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
13976 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
13977 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
13979 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
13980 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
13982 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
13983 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
13985 QCdata = intern (":data");
13986 staticpro (&QCdata);
13987 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
13988 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
13989 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
13990 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
13991 Qraise = intern ("raise");
13992 staticpro (&Qraise);
13993 Qspace = intern ("space");
13994 staticpro (&Qspace);
13995 Qmargin = intern ("margin");
13996 staticpro (&Qmargin);
13997 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
13998 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
13999 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
14000 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
14001 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
14002 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
14003 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
14004 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
14005 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
14006 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
14007 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
14008 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
14009 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
14010 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
14011 QCeval = intern (":eval");
14012 staticpro (&QCeval);
14013 Qwhen = intern ("when");
14014 staticpro (&Qwhen);
14015 QCfile = intern (":file");
14016 staticpro (&QCfile);
14017 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
14018 staticpro (&Qfontified);
14019 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
14020 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
14021 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
14022 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
14023 Qimage = intern ("image");
14024 staticpro (&Qimage);
14025 Qmessage_truncate_lines = intern ("message-truncate-lines");
14026 staticpro (&Qmessage_truncate_lines);
14027 Qgrow_only = intern ("grow-only");
14028 staticpro (&Qgrow_only);
14030 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
14031 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
14032 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
14033 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
14035 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
14036 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
14037 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
14039 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
14040 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
14041 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
14043 Vmessages_buffer_name = build_string ("*Messages*");
14044 staticpro (&Vmessages_buffer_name);
14046 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
14047 "Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.\n\
14048 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.");
14049 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
14051 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
14052 "Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.\n\
14053 This is used for internal purposes.");
14054 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
14056 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
14057 "String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.");
14058 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
14060 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
14061 "Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.\n\
14062 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.\n\
14063 See also `overlay-arrow-string'.");
14064 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
14066 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
14067 "String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.");
14068 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
14070 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
14071 "*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.\n\
14072 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.\n\
14073 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.\n\
14074 If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set\n\
14075 `scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1.");
14077 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
14078 "*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.\n\
14079 A value of zero means to scroll the text to center point vertically\n\
14080 in the window.");
14081 scroll_conservatively = 0;
14083 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
14084 "*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.\n\
14085 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines\n\
14086 of the top or bottom of the window.");
14087 scroll_margin = 0;
14089 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
14090 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, "Don't ask");
14091 #endif
14093 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
14094 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
14095 "*Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.");
14096 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
14098 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
14099 "nil means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face.\n\
14100 Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line',\n\
14101 `header-line', or `menu' respectively.\n\
14103 This variable is deprecated; please change the above faces instead.");
14104 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
14106 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-number-display-limit", &Vline_number_display_limit,
14107 "*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.\n\
14108 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear\n\
14109 in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit.");
14110 Vline_number_display_limit = Qnil;
14112 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width",
14113 &line_number_display_limit_width,
14114 "*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.\n\
14115 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the\n\
14116 line number may be omitted from the mode line.");
14117 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
14119 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
14120 "*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.");
14121 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
14123 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
14124 "Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.\n\
14125 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.\n\
14126 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing\n\
14127 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.");
14129 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
14130 "Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.\n\
14131 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14132 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14133 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14134 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14135 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
14136 "Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.\n\
14137 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14138 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14139 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14140 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14141 Vicon_title_format
14142 = Vframe_title_format
14143 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
14144 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
14145 Fcons (Fcons (build_string (""),
14146 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
14147 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
14148 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
14149 Qnil)))),
14150 Qnil)));
14152 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
14153 "Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.\n\
14154 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate\n\
14155 the buffer when it becomes large.");
14156 XSETFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max, 50);
14158 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
14159 "Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.\n\
14160 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.\n\
14161 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed\n\
14162 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,\n\
14163 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.");
14164 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
14166 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
14167 "List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.\n\
14168 Each function is called with two arguments, the window\n\
14169 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'\n\
14170 is not valid when these functions are called.");
14171 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
14173 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
14174 "*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.\n\
14175 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.\n\
14176 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines\n\
14177 otherwise.");
14178 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
14180 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
14181 "*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.");
14182 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
14184 DEFVAR_LISP ("tool-bar-button-margin", &Vtool_bar_button_margin,
14185 "*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.\n\
14186 If an integer, use that for both horizontal and vertical margins.\n\
14187 Otherwise, value should be a pair of integers `(HORZ : VERT)' with\n\
14188 HORZ specifying the horizontal margin, and VERT specifying the\n\
14189 vertical margin.");
14190 Vtool_bar_button_margin = make_number (DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN);
14192 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
14193 "Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.");
14194 tool_bar_button_relief = DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF;
14196 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
14197 "List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.\n\
14198 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must\n\
14199 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give\n\
14200 fontified regions the property `fontified'.\n\
14201 This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.");
14202 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
14203 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qfontification_functions);
14205 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
14206 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
14207 "*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.\n\
14208 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters\n\
14209 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters\n\
14210 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are\n\
14211 displayed according to the current fontset.");
14212 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
14214 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
14215 "*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.\n\
14216 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.\n\
14217 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.");
14218 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
14220 DEFVAR_LISP ("resize-mini-windows", &Vresize_mini_windows,
14221 "*How to resize mini-windows.\n\
14222 A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows.\n\
14223 A value of t means resize them to fit the text displayed in them.\n\
14224 A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow\n\
14225 only, until their display becomes empty, at which point the windows\n\
14226 go back to their normal size.");
14227 Vresize_mini_windows = Qgrow_only;
14229 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows",
14230 &cursor_in_non_selected_windows,
14231 "*Non-nil means display a hollow cursor in non-selected windows.\n\
14232 Nil means don't display a cursor there.");
14233 cursor_in_non_selected_windows = 1;
14235 DEFVAR_BOOL ("automatic-hscrolling", &automatic_hscrolling_p,
14236 "*Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible.");
14237 automatic_hscrolling_p = 1;
14239 DEFVAR_LISP ("image-types", &Vimage_types,
14240 "List of supported image types.\n\
14241 Each element of the list is a symbol for a supported image type.");
14242 Vimage_types = Qnil;
14244 DEFVAR_BOOL ("message-truncate-lines", &message_truncate_lines,
14245 "If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.\n\
14246 Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect.");
14247 message_truncate_lines = 0;
14249 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-bar-update-hook", &Vmenu_bar_update_hook,
14250 "Normal hook run for clicks on menu bar, before displaying a submenu.\n\
14251 Can be used to update submenus whose contents should vary.");
14252 Vmenu_bar_update_hook = Qnil;
14256 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
14258 void
14259 init_xdisp ()
14261 Lisp_Object root_window;
14262 struct window *mini_w;
14264 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
14266 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
14268 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
14269 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
14271 if (!noninteractive)
14273 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
14274 int i;
14276 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->top, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
14277 set_window_height (root_window,
14278 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
14280 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->top, FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
14281 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
14283 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14284 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14286 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
14287 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
14288 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
14290 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
14291 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
14292 XSETFASTINT (default_invis_vector[i], '.');
14295 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
14297 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles. */
14298 int size = 100;
14299 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
14300 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
14301 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
14303 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
14305 help_echo_showing_p = 0;